Upload
others
View
0
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Understanding how life-history traits and environmental
gradients structure diversity
by
Natalie Tamara Jones
A thesis submitted in conformity with the requirements
for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy
Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
University of Toronto
© Copyright by Natalie Jones 2016
ii
Understanding how life-history traits and environmental gradients
structure diversity
Natalie T. Jones
Doctor of Philosophy
Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology
University of Toronto
2016
Abstract
Determining how diversity is distributed through space and time is a fundamental goal of
ecology. My research tested how species’ life-history traits structure diversity at landscape and
broader scales and over time. I first asked how traits related to seed dispersal shape plant
diversity in a naturally fragmented landscape by testing the relationship between diversity and
patch characteristics (size and isolation) for species with different dispersal modes. Dispersal
mode altered outcomes predicted from theory ‒ while fragment isolation had a negative effect on
wind-dispersed species, it did not influence the diversity of animal-dispersed species. I then
examined how zooplankton traits (body size and dormancy) correlate with species distributions
at a large scale using lakes across an 1800 km north-south gradient in western Canada. Despite
predictions that body size should decrease with latitude and low temperatures, I found only weak
evidence for any effect of latitude on inter- and intra- specific body size. Zooplankton dormancy
dynamics are virtually impossible to test through sampling, yet dormancy underpins seasonal
fluctuations in abundance and long term persistence, and it is expected to vary with climate. I
therefore used an experimental approach to test how temperature and photoperiod affect hatching
rates of dormant eggs from lakes across the latitudinal gradient. My results suggest that
mismatches between temperature and photoperiod, as predicted to result from climate change,
could drive latitude-dependent shifts in zooplankton emergence. Finally, I examined the
temporal stability of diversity across the same latitudinal gradient by examining species
iii
colonization and extinction over 50 years. I found that low-latitude communities are increasingly
diverse and comprised of small-bodied species despite more rapid temperature change at higher
latitudes. Overall, my research has implications for how global changes, such as fragmentation
and climate change, alter diversity by changing the viability of specific life-history strategies.
iv
Acknowledgments
The completion of this thesis was accomplished with the assistance of many people.
First and foremost, I thank my supervisor, Benjamin Gilbert. Ben has been a wonderful mentor,
editor, constructive critic, sounding board all for which I am truly grateful. Ben was patient and
generous with his time and challenged me to mature as a researcher. His sage advice and
thoughtful perspective greatly improved this thesis. I continue to learn from Ben every day and
consider myself incredibly fortunate to have had the opportunity to be his first doctoral student. I
have no doubt that Ben will continue to find creative ways to tackle the big questions in ecology.
In the Gilbert lab I found a group of lifelong friends. I can’t imagine a more fun and supportive
group of people to work with; together we laughed and commiserated, sharing the highs and
lows of graduate school. Each member has a unique approach to science and life that has
influenced my perspective. I am particularly indebted to Rachel Germain, who I have worked
with for my entire tenure at UofT. Rachel continues to impress me every day with her ecological
knowledge, problem solving skills and perspective on academia and life outside it. Tess Grainger
is an excellent researcher and was an incredible addition to the lab. Tess taught me the
importance of preparation, realistic expectations and being direct. Rachel and Tess are truly
mentors to me. Kelly Carscadden became a wonderful friend and has taught me much about hard
work and perseverance. Finally, Denon Start brought a youthful exuberance to the lab; his
positive energy and cleverness is a pleasure to be around. All members have helped me to
become a better scientist.
The EEB department at large both past and present has had an incredible impact on me. I have
seen countless inspirational talks and had many discussions with the people working in EEB. I
learnt a great deal from discussions with the Jackson and Krkosek labs. As committee members,
Don Jackson and Megan Frederickson offered guidance that was very helpful over the years. I
have made many wonderful friends. In particular, Alex De Serrano, Nicholas Mirotchnick,
Frances Hauser and Jane Ogilvie have enriched my time at UofT.
This work could not have been completed without the tireless help of dedicated undergraduate
students at the University of Toronto and beyond. Alexandra Barany, Ewelina Chojecka, Nathan
v
Lo, Patrick Beh, Jillian Moran and Veronica Jones were invaluable and approached the tedium of
ecological lab and field work with a sense of humor and tenacity that was much appreciated.
Many staff members in EEB and CSB provided technical support for my research. Donna
Wheeler, Jim Dix, Trung Luu, Bruce Hall and Andrew Petrie lent equipment, constructed
experimental gear and fixed growth chambers for my projects. Kitty Lam and Helen Rodd were
very helpful over the years. Helen in particular always put students first and does everything she
can to help us succeed.
Andrew MacDougall and Lyn Baldwin were early mentors to me. They both helped me cultivate
a love of plant ecology and natural history. There is no doubt that without their thoughtful
supervision I would not have been inspired to pursue a PhD.
I could not have completed this work without the unwavering support of my family, especially
my partner Scott Forster, who has been my best friend and cheerleader throughout the entire
process. My siblings are a constant source of inspiration for me. Gwyneth has attended talks I
have given and was my roommate for the first two years of my PhD. Her opinion was important
to me during the early years of my dissertation. Veronica never ceases to amaze me with her
cleverness and kind spirit. My brother Brendan has been in Toronto for the last year of my PhD
and being in the same city as him for the first time in 20 years was an amazing bonus.
Beyond EEB I have been lucky to become friends with an amazing cast of characters; we have
had many wonderful adventures over the years. Christina Doris, Elysse Schlein, Asher Miller
and Linda Naccarato are amazing friends and I can’t wait to see what lies ahead for all of them.
This research was generously supported by Ontario Graduate Scholarships and fellowships from
the University of Toronto and the Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology.
vi
Table of Contents
Acknowledgments.......................................................................................................................... iv
List of Tables ...................................................................................................................................x
List of Figures ................................................................................................................................ xi
List of Appendices ....................................................................................................................... xiii
....................................................................................................................................1 CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................1
Spatially structured landscapes ...................................................................................................2
Traits that affect dispersal rates ..................................................................................................2
The effect of temperature on traits that influence dispersal ........................................................3
Dormancy, climate & dispersal through time .............................................................................4
Latitude & community stability ..................................................................................................5
Thesis overview ..........................................................................................................................6
Literature cited ............................................................................................................................7
..................................................................................................................................12 CHAPTER 2
DISPERSAL MODE MEDIATES THE EFFECT OF PATCH SIZE AND PATCH
CONNECTIVITY ON METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY… ...............................................12
Abstract .....................................................................................................................................12
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................13
Materials & methods .................................................................................................................16
Study site & species sampling ...........................................................................................16
Data analyses .....................................................................................................................19
Results .......................................................................................................................................22
Discussion .................................................................................................................................29
vii
Acknowledgments .....................................................................................................................32
Literature cited ..........................................................................................................................33
..................................................................................................................................38 CHAPTER 3
ARE SPECIES LARGER AT HIGH LATITUDES? TESTING LATITUDE-BODY SIZE
RELATIONSHIPS IN ZOOPLANKTON ................................................................................38
Abstract .....................................................................................................................................38
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................39
Materials & methods .................................................................................................................41
Study species & species sampling .....................................................................................41
Environmental covariates...................................................................................................42
Body size measurements ....................................................................................................42
Statistical analysis ..............................................................................................................43
Results .......................................................................................................................................44
Discussion .................................................................................................................................50
Acknowledgments .....................................................................................................................53
Literature cited ..........................................................................................................................53
..................................................................................................................................57 CHAPTER 4
CHANGING CLIMATE CUES DIFFERENTIALLY ALTER ZOOPLANKTON
DORMANCY DYNAMICS ACROSS LATITUDE ................................................................57
Abstract .....................................................................................................................................57
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................58
Materials & methods .................................................................................................................61
Sample collection & experimental design .........................................................................61
Data analyses .....................................................................................................................65
Results .......................................................................................................................................67
Zooplankton eggs ...............................................................................................................67
Phenology ..........................................................................................................................68
viii
Hatchling Diversity ............................................................................................................71
Discussion .................................................................................................................................73
Acknowledgments .....................................................................................................................77
Literature cited ..........................................................................................................................78
..................................................................................................................................83 CHAPTER 5
GEOGRAPHIC SIGNATURES IN SPECIES TURNOVER: DECOUPLING
COLONIZATION AND EXTINCTION ACROSS A LATITUDINAL GRADIENT ............83
Abstract .....................................................................................................................................83
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................84
Materials & methods .................................................................................................................87
Study system & species sampling ......................................................................................87
Data analyses .....................................................................................................................88
Results .......................................................................................................................................90
Discussion .................................................................................................................................94
Acknowledgments .....................................................................................................................97
Literature Cited .........................................................................................................................98
................................................................................................................................103 CHAPTER 6
GENERAL CONCLUSION ........................................................................................................103
Chapter 2 .................................................................................................................................103
Significance......................................................................................................................103
Future directions ..............................................................................................................103
Chapter 3 .................................................................................................................................105
Significance......................................................................................................................105
Future directions ..............................................................................................................105
Chapter 4 .................................................................................................................................106
Significance......................................................................................................................106
ix
Future directions ..............................................................................................................106
Chapter 5 .................................................................................................................................107
Significance......................................................................................................................107
Future directions ..............................................................................................................107
Conclusion ..............................................................................................................................107
Literature cited ........................................................................................................................108
Copyright Acknowledgements.....................................................................................................184
x
List of Tables
Table 2.1 Effects of stand size and connectivity on log-transformed species richness. ‘All
species’ includes all aspen-associated species from the three dispersal mode groups. ................ 27
Table 2.2 Effects of stand size and stand connectivity on species composition (axis 1 and 2
scores of PCoA using Jaccard dissimilarity coefficient) by dispersal mode. ............................... 28
Table 3.1 Summary of latitudinal extremes and the body size of each species given by the model
fit. Body size values were back transformed from the predicted values that were generated from
the linear model on log-transformed body size. P-values less than 0.05 are highlighted in bold,
and those less than 0.1 are highlighted with italics. ...................................................................... 46
Table 3.2 Results of log likelihood tests for the final model that includes latitude as well as
additional environmental variables that were significantly associated with zooplankton body size
in a separate linear mixed model. Table headings are: degrees of freedom (Df) and log-likelihood
ratio (LRT). ................................................................................................................................... 47
Table 3.3 The number of species that significantly increased or decreased in body size with
latitude, temperature or other environmental variables when tested in isolation. ........................ 48
xi
List of Figures
Figure 2.2 The effect of stand size and stand connectivity on species richness when all aspen-
associated species are grouped together (top panels) and for each dispersal group considered
separately. Species richness values were adjusted to account for the other factor in the model
(size or connectivity) whenever that factor was significant.. ........................................................ 24
Figure 2.3 The effect of (a) stand size and (b) connectivity on the relative representation of
species belonging to each dispersal mode group from a PCoA using the Bray-Curtis coefficient.
We only display the stand characteristic-axis score combinations that were significantly
correlated....................................................................................................................................... 25
Figure 2.4 Evidence for the role of competition but not herbivory in mediating relationships
between the stand characteristics and species richness. (a) The observed degree of negative
covariances in species richness between dispersal mode groups (solid line) compared to a null
distribution of random outcomes. ................................................................................................. 26
Figure 3.1 Plots of the slope (points) and 95% bootstrapped confidence intervals (lines). Lines
that do not overlap with zero are significantly associated with (a) latitude or (b) temperature.... 45
Figure 3.2 The association between latitude and the mean a) unweighted and b) weighted
zooplankton community body size. Community body size was weighted by the local abundance
of each species. ............................................................................................................................. 49
Figure 4.1 Map displaying the location of the 25 lakes in western Canada that were sampled for
sediment in July 2011. .................................................................................................................. 62
Figure 4.2 The relationship between latitude and the egg abundance of cladocerans (light grey),
copepods (dark grey) and rotifers (black). Eggs were isolated from 100 grams of lake sediment
using the sugar flotation method (see methods).. ......................................................................... 67
Figure 4.3 The effect of temperature (8°C; grey and 12°C; black) on the average number of days
until the first individual (‘First’; circles) and half (‘50%’; triangles) of all individuals from each
taxon hatch.. .................................................................................................................................. 68
Figure 4.4 The effect of temperature and photoperiod on the emergence of (a-b) cladocera
individuals, (c-d) copepods individuals, and (e-f) rotifera individuals that hatched from 25 lakes
across a 1800 km latitudinal gradient in western Canada. Emergence is summed by lake across
the 60 day sampling period. .......................................................................................................... 70
Figure 4.5 The effect of temperature and photoperiod on the proportion of the (a-b) total
crustacean diversity, (c-d) cladoceran diversity and (e-f) copepod diversity that hatched from 25
lakes across a 1800 km latitudinal gradient in western Canada. Diversity is summed by lake
across the 60 day sampling period. ............................................................................................... 72
Figure 5.1 Latitudinal patterns of diversity and temperature change. (a) Locations of the 43 lakes
in this study; (b) the change in temperature over 70 years, based on differences (present – past)
xii
of 30 years means: 1971 to 2000 – 1901 to 1930; (c) Species composition of zooplankton (first
axis from a Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling with a 2D solution [stress = 0.19] based on
Sorensen dissimilarity), illustrating that closer sites are more compositionally similar; and (d)
Zooplankton species richness with latitude. ................................................................................. 91
Figure 5.2 The relationship between latitude and (a) the change in species richness, (b) species
turnover, measured using the Sorenson dissimilarity metric, (c) the proportion of new species per
lake, and (d) the proportion of species that went locally extinct. All graphs compare historic
zooplankton samples with contemporary samples (see methods). ............................................... 92
Figure 5.3 Species traits influence colonization and extinction rates. The relationship between
colonization and (a) zooplankton body size, (b) local abundance, and (c) occupancy. Bottom
panels: the relationship between extinction and (d) zooplankton body size, (e) local abundance,
and (f) occupancy. ......................................................................................................................... 93
xiii
List of Appendices
Appendix A: Supplementary information for Chapter 2 .............................................................111
Model Fitting ...........................................................................................................................121
Appendix B: Supplementary information for Chapter 3..............................................................123
Appendix C: Supplementary information for Chapter 4..............................................................132
Literature cited ........................................................................................................................148
Appendix D: Supplementary information for Chapter 5 .............................................................149
1
Chapter 1
General Introduction
“…the problem of pattern and scale is the central problem in ecology, unifying population
biology and ecosystem science, and marrying basic and applied ecology… there is no single
natural scale at which ecological phenomena should be studied; systems generally show
characteristic variability on a range of spatial, temporal, and organizational scales.” (Levin
1992).
In the 1989 MacArthur Award lecture for the Ecological Society of America, Simon Levin
argued that understanding ecological processes and patterns across spatial and temporal scales is
among the largest challenges facing ecologists (Levin 1992). At landscape scales, for example,
diversity patterns are hypothesized to be mainly influenced by environmental heterogeneity and
metapopulation processes, whereas climatic gradients and the history of speciation may largely
influence diversity at macro-ecological scales (Rosenzweig 1995). Across temporal scales,
similar shifts in the importance of different factors also likely occur as environmental
fluctuations over the short term give way to shifts in mean climatic conditions (Rosenzweig
1995; Wolkovich et al. 2014). Understanding spatial and temporal patterns of diversity, and their
reliance on environmental heterogeneity, is becoming increasingly important in the
Anthropocene, as environmental changes become increasingly common (Helmus, Mahler &
Losos 2014; Wolkovich et al. 2014).
In this thesis, I examine how species traits and species responses to environmental conditions
structure distributions at different spatial and temporal scales. At the landscape scale, I ask how
traits related to dispersal (dispersal mode of plants) and responses to the environment structure
diversity in natural habitat fragments. At a much larger spatial scale that spans 14° latitude
(approx. 1800 km), I test the hypothesis that zooplankton life history traits vary with temperature
and photoperiod, causing distinct ecological dynamics across this gradient. Finally, I use
historical data collected at this larger scale to test how temporal dynamics differ across latitudes.
Considering species diversity at these different spatial and temporal scales requires integration of
a number of concepts that are often considered separately in ecology, such as the links between
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
2
dispersal-related traits, temperature, body size and dormancy. In what follows, I outline specific
links in chapters two through five, and provide a brief overview of some of the concepts that I
address in more detail in those chapters. I conclude the introduction with a concise overview of
the subsequent chapters.
Spatially structured landscapes
The spatial tapestry linking biological communities underlies the diversity we see in nature.
Many communities are not contiguous and instead rely on dispersal to connect local habitat
patches (Wilson 1992). At the regional scale, the diversity of these so called ‘metacommunities’,
is related to patch size and connectivity (Holyoak, Leibold & Holt 2005), which influences the
colonization and extinction dynamics of local patches. Larger sites are able to support more
species because higher colonization rates in combination with larger population sizes render
species less vulnerable to extinction (MacArthur & Wilson 1967; Holt 1993; Leibold et al.
2004). At the same time, the proximity of patches to each other influences the rate that
individuals colonize sites, thereby affecting diversity (Chisholm, Lindo & Gonzalez 2011;
Gilbert 2012). Higher connectivity of patches in close proximity may thus promote persistence of
many species, but can also limit the opportunity for species to find spatial refuge from predators
or superior competitors (Leibold et al. 2004). In the last twenty years, much effort has been
invested into clarifying how patch size and connectivity alter diversity, but more recently
researchers have begun to consider how the asymmetric dispersal ability of co-occurring species
can alter the magnitude of movement among patches, thereby influencing local and regional
species composition (Chisholm et al. 2011; Haegeman & Loreau 2014).
Traits that affect dispersal rates
Interspecific differences in dispersal ability affect coexistence and diversity in local communities
(Leibold et al. 2004; Holyoak et al. 2005). For any given assemblage of species, co-occurring
individuals at the same trophic level often show remarkable differences in traits that influence
dispersal (Howe & Smallwood 1982; De Bie et al. 2012). Adaptations that enhance movement
between patches cause differences in the probability that a species will colonize a new site.
Despite widespread recognition of the variation in dispersal ability, many experiments remove
dispersal differences by controlling movement of all species in an identical way (Cadotte 2006;
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
3
Howeth & Leibold 2010; Declerck et al. 2013), obscuring realistic tests of the effect of dispersal
on metacommunity dynamics.
Traits associated with dispersal may be especially important for passively dispersed species, as
they do not have behavioral adaptations that can influence colonization of new sites. For
example, morphological adaptations in seeds have long been recognized to increase how far and
how often plants colonize sites. Several classes of adaptations can be categorized into different
syndromes that reflect adaptations to a variety of dispersal vectors such as wind, water or
animals (Howe & Smallwood 1982). For passively dispersed animal species, adult body size
directly influences colonization dynamics (Vanschoenwinkel et al. 2008). However, unlike with
active dispersers, dispersal distance is negatively associated with body size, with smaller
individuals travelling further and more often (Soons et al. 2008; De Bie et al. 2012). The range
of dispersal propensities for species within a site suggests that the effect of patch size and
connectivity will differ among species; species with no dispersal aid are likely to be more
strongly associated with patch size and connectivity than species with adaptations to water, wind
or animal dispersal. Similarly, habitat selection by animals that move seeds could alter the
relationship between patch size and diversity if animal vectors prefer larger patches (Levey et al.
2005; Nathan et al. 2008; Evans et al. 2012). Focusing on patterns of diversity separately for
species with different dispersal traits may reveal unique relationships between patch size or
connectivity and diversity (Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke & Brendonck 2013).
The effect of temperature on traits that influence dispersal
The abiotic environment can affect traits that influence dispersal. The body size of organisms is
often associated with latitude and temperature (Gillooly & Dodson 2000), with larger bodied
species and individuals typically found at colder sites characteristic of more polar latitudes. This
pattern has been generalized with three ecological rules: “Bergmann’s rule”, “James’ rule” and
the “Temperature-size rule” (Mayr 1956; James 1970; Atkinson 1994). Recently, climate change
has reignited interest in body size-latitude relationships. To date, there is no universally agreed
upon mechanism for this pattern (Blackburn, Gaston & Loder 1999; Watt, Mitchell & Salewski
2010), however, scientists agree that temperature has a putative effect on body size.
Geographical clines in body size for some taxa, along with the observation that temperature
increases frequently cause a reduction in the average body size of many organisms (Atkinson
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
4
1994; Daufresne, Lengfellner & Sommer 2009), suggest that the direct effect of temperature on
body size could indirectly increase dispersal rates for passively dispersed species, and that these
effects will have a spatial component due to different rates of temperature change with latitude.
Dormancy, climate & dispersal through time
In addition to dispersing to new sites, organisms inhabiting variable environments often evolve
life-history strategies to persist in situ despite temporal fluctuations in habitat quality (Cohen
1968; Venable & Brown 1988). Many short-lived organisms produce dormant propagules such
as eggs, seeds and cysts, that are characterized by reduced metabolic rate and halted
development; these dormant propagules remain viable when active individuals would not survive
(Tauber, Tauber & Masaki 1986). Dormant life-stages act as a bet hedging strategy by enabling
persistence during unfavourable environmental conditions (Hairston, Hansen & Schaffner 2000;
Hairston & Kearns 2002; Brendonck & Meester 2003). This strategy is often referred to as
“temporal dispersal”. Prolonged dormant phases allow species to persist through unfavourable
years but only at the expense of decreased population growth in favourable years (Venable &
Brown 1988). The strategy of decreasing the mean and variance of population growth in order to
persist over the long-term is likely to be more important in cold, stressful environments
(Mousseau & Roff 1989; Molina-Montenegro & Naya 2012).
Many zooplankton species exhibit prolonged dormancy by forming an ‘egg bank’, or
accumulating resting eggs in lake sediment (Hairston & Cáceres 1996). Relatively little is known
about the dormancy dynamics of aquatic zooplankton (Hairston and Kearns 2012), despite a
well-developed literature on dormancy in other organisms (Cohen 1968; Venable & Lawlor
1980; Venable & Brown 1988). However, temperature and day length appear to be the most
important cue for the termination of dormancy in zooplankton (Gyllström & Hansson 2004;
Vandekerkhove, Declerck & Brendonck 2005; Davidson et al. 2006; Schalau et al. 2008; Dupuis
& Hann 2009; Angeler 2011).
Different environments favour distinct dormancy strategies, which results in variation in the
prevalence of strategies across environmental gradients (Cohen 1968; Stearns 1992). Dormancy
is predicted to be more important for population persistence in environments that have greater
seasonal variation and shorter growing seasons. For example, the prevalence of prolonged
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
5
dormancy has been found to increase at higher latitudes in some terrestrial invertebrates
(Mousseau & Roff 1989) and marine copepods (Marcus & Lutz 1998). Nonetheless, little is
known about the latitudinal distribution of zooplankton egg banks, and their dormancy dynamics,
in aquatic systems (Vandekerkhove et al. 2005). This is because prior studies have either
assessed emergence dynamics in a small number of lakes within a region (Cáceres 1997; Cáceres
& Tessier 2003; Dupuis & Hann 2009), or collected egg banks from across a latitudinal gradient,
but combined the samples into regional mixtures (Vandekerkhove et al. 2005), thus preventing
an analysis of how hatching dynamics vary across a latitudinal gradient. By collecting sediment
from across a latitudinal gradient, which naturally varies in temperature and growing season
length, it may be possible to determine how sensitivity to hatching cues differ across a latitudinal
gradient highlighting spatial variation in the contribution of the egg bank to community
composition.
Latitude & community stability
The links between temperature, dispersal and dormancy are particularly important in the
Anthropocene because they are expected to influence how latitudinal diversity patterns change
through time and how they are being altered by global climate change. Scientists have predicted
and observed differential warming across latitudes, with more warming occurring toward the
poles (IPCC 2013). This pattern suggests that temperature-related traits that differ among species
may cause shifts in the identity and abundances of species within communities, and that these
shifts may be larger towards the poles. Species diversity also has a consistent pattern with
latitude, with the vast majority of taxonomic groups having lower diversity at higher latitudes.
This gradient in diversity may also cause larger changes at higher latitudes, as predicted by two
hypotheses in community ecology. First, because species diversity is positively correlated with
phenotypic variation, elevated diversity could reduce the opportunities for new species to
establish even when they are no longer limited by climate (Elton 1958).
Second, diversity stabilizes food webs when they increase the number of weak interactions, as is
typical in most food webs (McCann et al., 1998). To date, support for the positive effects of
diversity on stability and resistance to new species has been mixed (May 1972; Levine &
D’Antonio 1999; McCann 2000; Gilbert & Lechowicz 2005; Belote et al. 2008; Adrian et al.
2010; Clark & Johnston 2011). Further research that relates the degree of diversity to the
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
6
magnitude of community change in natural systems is necessary to predict future shifts; currently
there is limited evidence documenting a greater vulnerability in northern regions despite
differences in diversity and temperature changes, but this may be due to a lack of long-term
studies across broad spatial gradients (Heino, Virkkala & Toivonen 2009).
Thesis overview
In my thesis, I sample natural communities and conduct experiments to assess the role of species
traits in structuring diversity at regional and broader spatial scales, and to determine whether
temporal turnover in species varies across large spatial scales. In chapter 2, I employ a
metacommunity framework to test how the dispersal mode of plants alters the effect of patch size
and connectivity on diversity. For the subsequent chapters, I focus on zooplankton from lakes
across a broad latitudinal gradient to address inter-related questions about temperature, species
traits and latitudinal distributions. In chapter 3, I determine if latitudinal patterns in zooplankton
body size, both within and among species, are consistent with macroecological hypotheses
(James’ rule, Bergmann’s rule). Chapter 4 focuses on zooplankton egg banks across latitudes and
experimentally isolates the effects of two climatic cues that break dormancy: temperature and
day length. These cues are being modified by climate change, however we lack studies that test
how the interactive effects of these cues will alter dormancy dynamics, and especially whether
their effects depend on the latitude of the zooplankton communities. Finally, in chapter 5 I take
advantage of the historical sampling of lakes in western Canada to compare contemporary and
historic (40+ years) samples. I use this comparison to determine how zooplankton communities
are changing, if these changes vary with latitude, the degree to which changes are driven by local
extinctions versus colonization of new lakes, and how species traits such as body size mediate
these changes. I conclude in chapter 6 with a summary of this work and highlight questions
raised by my findings.
All of these chapters are written as stand-alone research papers. As a result there is some
repetition in the Introductions and Methods sections. Benjamin Gilbert contributed substantially
to all of the research chapters presented in this thesis. Chapter 2 was a collaboration with Rachel
Germain, Tess Grainger, Aaron Hall and Lyn Baldwin. Chapter 3 was conducted in collaboration
with Jillian Moran, a fourth year undergraduate student in EEB that I mentored. Chapter 3 is in
preparation to be sent to Plos One and chapter 5 is currently in review at Global Ecology and
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
7
Biogeography. Chapters 2 and 4 are published and have been included in this thesis with
permission from the publishers, the citations are as follows:
Jones, N.T., Germain, R.M., Grainger, T.N., Hall, A., Baldwin, L. & Gilbert, B. (2015) Dispersal
mode mediates the effect of patch size and patch connectivity on metacommunity diversity.
Journal of Ecology, 103, 936–944.
Jones, N.T. & Gilbert, B. (2016) Changing climate cues differentially alter zooplankton
dormancy dynamics across latitudes. The Journal of Animal Ecology, 85, 559–569.
Literature cited
Adrian, R., Keller, B., Matthews, B., Pinel-, B., Shurin, J.B., Winder, M., Keller, W.B., Paterson,
A.M., Paterson, M.J., Pinel-Alloul, B., Rusak, J. a & Yan, N.D. (2010) Environmental
stability and lake zooplankton diversity - contrasting effects of chemical and thermal
variability. Ecology letters, 13, 453–463.
Angeler, D.G. (2011) Resurrection ecology and global climate change research in freshwater
ecosystems. Journal of the North American Benthological Society, 26, 12–22.
Atkinson, D. (1994) Temperature and organism size- a biological law for ectotherms? Advances
in Ecological Research, 25, 1–58.
Belote, R.T., Jones, R.H., Hood, S.M. & Wender, B.W. (2008) Diversity-invasibility across an
experimental disturbance gradient in Appalachian Forests. Ecology, 89, 183–192.
De Bie, T., Meester, L., Brendonck, L., Martens, K., Goddeeris, B., Ercken, D., Hampel, H.,
Denys, L., Vanhecke, L., Gucht, K., Wichelen, J., Vyverman, W. & Declerck, S.A.J. (2012)
Body size and dispersal mode as key traits determining metacommunity structure of aquatic
organisms. Ecology Letters, 15, 740–747.
Blackburn, T.M., Gaston, K.J. & Loder, N. (1999) Geographic gradients in body size: a
clarification of Bergmann’s rule. Diversity and Distributions, 5, 165–174.
Brendonck, L. & Meester, L. De. (2003) Egg banks in freshwater zooplankton: evolutionary and
ecological archives in the sediment. Hydrobiologia, 65–84.
Cáceres, C.E. (1997) Temporal variation, dormancy, and coexistence: a field test of the storage
effect. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,
94, 9171–9175.
Cáceres, C.E. & Tessier, A.J. (2003) How long to rest: the ecology of optimal dormancy and
environmental constraint. Ecology, 84, 1189–1198.
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
8
Cadotte, M.W. (2006) Dispersal and species diversity: a meta-analysis. The American Naturalist,
167, 913–924.
Callaway, Ragan, M., Brooker, R.W.W., Choler, P., Kikvidze, Z., Lortie, C.J., Michalet, R.,
Paolini, L., Pugnaire, F.I., Newingham, B., Aschehoug, E.T., Armas, C., Kikodze, D.,
Cook, B.J. & Callaway, R.M. (2002) Positive interactions among alpine plants increase with
stress. Nature, 417, 844–848.
Chisholm, C., Lindo, Z. & Gonzalez, A. (2011) Metacommunity diversity depends on
connectivity and patch arrangement in heterogeneous habitat networks. Ecography, 34,
415–424.
Clark, G.F. & Johnston, E.L. (2011) Temporal change in the diversity-invasibility relationship in
the presence of a disturbance regime. Ecology letters, 14, 52–7.
Cohen, D. (1968) A general model of optimal reproduction in a randomly varying environment.
Journal of Ecology, 56, 219–228.
Daufresne, M., Lengfellner, K. & Sommer, U. (2009) Global warming benefits the small in
aquatic ecosystems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106, 12788–12793.
Davidson, T. a., Sayer, C.D., Perrow, M.R., Bramm, M. & Jeppesen, E. (2006) Are the controls
of species composition similar for contemporary and sub-fossil cladoceran assemblages? A
study of 39 shallow lakes of contrasting trophic status. Journal of Paleolimnology, 38, 117–
134.
Declerck, S.A.J., Winter, C., Shurin, J.B., Suttle, C.A. & Matthews, B. (2013) Effects of patch
connectivity and heterogeneity on metacommunity structure of planktonic bacteria and
viruses. The ISME journal, 7, 533–42.
Dupuis, A.P. & Hann, B.J. (2009) Climate change, diapause termination and zooplankton
population dynamics: an experimental and modelling approach. Freshwater Biology, 54,
221–235.
Elton, C.S. (1958) The Ecology of Invasions by Animals and Plants (ed CS Elton). Methuen,
London.
Evans, D.M.E., Turley, N.E., Levey, D.J. & Tewksbeury, J.J. (2012) Habitat patch shape, not
corridors, determines herbivory and fruit production of an annual plant. Ecology, 93, 1016–
1025.
Gilbert, B. (2012) Joint consequences of dispersal and niche overlap on local diversity and
resource use. Journal of Ecology, 100, 287–296.
Gilbert, B. & Lechowicz, M.J. (2005) Invasibility and abiotic gradients: the positive correlation
between native and exotic plant diversity. Ecology, 86, 1848–1855.
Gillooly, J.F. & Dodson, S.I. (2000) Latitudinal patterns in the size distribution and seasonal
dynamics of new world, freshwater cladocerans. Limnology and Oceanography, 45, 22–30.
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
9
Gyllström, M. & Hansson, L.A. (2004) Dormancy in freshwater zooplankton: induction,
termination and the importance of benthic-pelagic coupling. Aquatic Sciences, 66, 274–295.
Haegeman, B. & Loreau, M. (2014) General relationships between consumer dispersal, resource
dispersal and metacommunity diversity. Ecology letters, 17, 175–84.
Hairston, N.G. & Cáceres, C.E. (1996) Distribution of crustacean diapause: micro- and
macroevolutionary pattern and process. Hydrobiologia, 320, 27–44.
Hairston, J.N.G., Hansen, A.-M. & Schaffner, W.R. (2000) The effect of diapause emergence on
the seasonal dynamics of a zooplankton assemblage. Freshwater Biology, 45, 133–145.
Hairston, N.G. & Kearns, C.M. (2002) Temporal dispersal: ecological and evolutionary aspects
of zooplankton egg banks and the role of sediment mixing. Integrative and Comparative
Biology, 42, 481–91.
Heino, J., Virkkala, R. & Toivonen, H. (2009) Climate change and freshwater biodiversity:
detected patterns, future trends and adaptations in northern regions. Biological reviews of
the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 84, 39–54.
Helmus, M.R., Mahler, D.L. & Losos, J.B. (2014) Island biogeography of the Anthropocene.
Nature, 513, 543–6.
Holt, R.D. (1993) Ecology at the Mesoscale: the influence of regional processes on local
communities. Species Diversity in Ecological Communities (eds R.E. Ricklefs), & D.
Schluter), pp. 77–88. University of Chicago Press.
Holyoak, M., Leibold, M.A. & Holt, R.D. (2005) Metacommunities: Spatial Dynamics and
Ecological Communities (eds M Holyoak, MA Leibold, and RD Holt). The University of
Chicago Press.
Howe, H.F. & Smallwood, J. (1982) Ecology of seed dispersal. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics, 13, 201–228.
Howeth, J.G. & Leibold, M.A. (2010) Species dispersal rates alter diversity and ecosystem
stability in pond metacommunities. Ecology, 91, 2727–2741.
IPCC. (2013) The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (eds TF Stocker, D
Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, SK Allen, J Boschung, A Nauels, Y Xia, V Bex, and PM
Midgley). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY,
USA.
James, F.C. (1970) Geographic size variation in birds and its relationship to climate. Ecology, 51,
365–390.
Leibold, M. a., Holyoak, M., Mouquet, N., Amarasekare, P., Chase, J.M., Hoopes, M.F., Holt,
R.D., Shurin, J.B., Law, R., Tilman, D., Loreau, M. & Gonzalez, a. (2004) The
metacommunity concept: a framework for multi-scale community ecology. Ecology Letters,
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
10
7, 601–613.
Levey, D.J., Bolker, B.M., Tewksbury, J.J., Sargent, S. & Haddad, N.M. (2005) Effects of
landscape corridors on seed dispersal by birds. Science, 309, 146–148.
Levin, S. (1992) The problem of pattern and scale in ecology. Ecology, 73, 1943–1967.
Levine, J.M. & D’Antonio, C.M. (1999) Elton revisited: a review of evidence linking diversity
and invasibility. Oikos, 87, 15–26.
MacArthur, R.H. & Wilson, E.O. (1967) The Theory of Island Biogeography (ed RH
MacArthur). Princeton University Press.
Marcus, N.H. & Lutz, R. V. (1998) Longevity of subitaneous and diapause eggs of Centropages
hamatus (Copepoda: Calanoida) from the northern Gulf of Mexico. Marine Biology, 131,
249–257.
May, R.M. (1972) Will a large complex system be stable? Nature, 238, 413–414.
Mayr, E. (1956) Geographical character gradients and climatic adaptation. Evolution, 10, 105–
108.
McCann, K.S. (2000) The diversity-stability debate. Nature, 405, 228–33.
McCann, K., Hastings, A. & Huxel, G.R. (1998) Weak trophic interactions and the balance of
nature. Nature, 395, 794–798.
Molina-Montenegro, M.A. & Naya, D.E. (2012) Latitudinal patterns in phenotypic plasticity and
fitness-related traits: assessing the Climatic Variability Hypothesis (CVH) with an invasive
plant species. PLoS ONE, 7, e47620.
Mousseau, T.A. & Roff, D.A. (1989) Adaptation to seasonality in a cricket: patterns of
phenotypic and genotypic variation in body size and diapause expression along a cline in
season length. Evolution, 43, 1483–1496.
Nathan, R., Schurr, F.M., Spiegel, O., Steinitz, O., Trakhtenbrot, A. & Tsoar, A. (2008)
Mechanisms of long-distance seed dispersal. Trends in Ecology and Evolution, 23, 638–
647.
Rosenzweig, M.L. (1995) Species Diversity in Space and Time (ed ML Rosenzweig). Cambridge
University Press.
Schalau, K., Rinke, K., Straile, D. & Peeters, F. (2008) Temperature is the key factor explaining
interannual variability of Daphnia development in spring: a modelling study. Oecologia,
157, 531–43.
Soons, M.B., van der Vlugt, C., van Lith, B., Heil, G.W. & Klaassen, M. (2008) Small seed size
increases the potential for dispersal of wetland plants by ducks. Journal of Ecology, 96,
619–627.
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL INTRODUCTION
11
Stearns, S.C. (1992) The Evolution of Life Histories. Oxford University Press, Oxford.
Tauber, M.J., Tauber, C.A. & Masaki, S. (1986) Seasonal Adaptations of Insects. Oxford
University Press.
Vandekerkhove, J., Declerck, S. & Brendonck, L.U.C. (2005) Hatching of cladoceran resting
eggs: temperature and photoperiod. Freshwater Biology, 96–104.
Vanschoenwinkel, B., Buschke, F. & Brendonck, L. (2013) Disturbance regime alters the impact
of dispersal on alpha and beta diversity in a natural metacommunity. Ecology, 94, 2547–
2557.
Vanschoenwinkel, B., Gielen, S., Seaman, M. & Brendonck, L. (2008) Any way the wind blows
- Frequent wind dispersal drives species sorting in ephemeral aquatic communities. Oikos,
117, 125–134.
Venable, D.L. & Brown, J.S. (1988) The selective interactions of dispersal, dormancy, and seed
size as adaptations for reducing risk in variable environments. The American Naturalist,
131, 360–384.
Venable, D.L. & Lawlor, L. (1980) Delayed germination and dispersal in desert annuals: escape
in space and time. Oecologia, 282, 272–282.
Watt, C., Mitchell, S. & Salewski, V. (2010) Bergmann’s rule; a concept cluster? Oikos, 119,
89–100.
Wilson, D. (1992) Complex interactions in metacommunities, with implications for biodiversity
and higher levels of selection. Ecology, 73, 1984–2000.
Wolkovich, E.M., Cook, B.I., McLauchlan, K.K. & Davies, T.J. (2014) Temporal ecology in the
Anthropocene. Ecology letters, 17, 1365–79.
12
Chapter 2
Dispersal mode mediates the effect of patch size and patch connectivity on metacommunity diversity
Published as Jones, N. T., R. M. Germain, T. N. Grainger, A. Hall, L. Baldwin, & B. Gilbert.
2015. Dispersal mode mediates the effect of patch size and patch connectivity on metacommunity
diversity. Journal of Ecology 103:934-943.
Abstract
Metacommunity
theory predicts that increasing patch size and patch connectivity can alter local
species diversity by affecting either colonization rates, extinction rates, or both. Although
species’ dispersal abilities or ‘dispersal mode’ (e.g., gravity, wind, or animal dispersed seeds) can
mediate the effects of patch size and connectivity on diversity, these important factors are
frequently overlooked in empirical metacommunity work. We use a natural metacommunity of
aspen stands within a grassland matrix to determine whether dispersal mode alters the influence
of stand size and connectivity on understorey plant diversity. We sampled the same area in each
patch, controlled for the presence of matrix species in aspen stands, and tested for the effects of
size, connectivity, and dispersal mode on metacommunity richness. Because dispersal groups
responded differently to patch size and connectivity, we created a null model and assessed
ungulate activity to explore whether competitive dynamics or herbivory were driving diversity
patterns. Animal-dispersed species and species with no dispersal aid had higher diversity per unit
area in larger stands, likely because large stands can both support larger populations that are less
prone to extinction and may also attract seed-dispersing animals such as birds and small
mammals that are sensitive to edge effects. Consistent with other empirical work, we found a
positive relationship between diversity and connectivity for wind-dispersed species. However,
we detected a negative effect of stand connectivity on the diversity of species with no dispersal
aid, possibly due to the presence of other highly competitive species groups dominating well-
connected patches, as our null model results suggest. We found no evidence for higher ungulate
activity in highly connected patches, suggesting that herbivory may not be driving the decline in
diversity of plants with no dispersal aid. Overall, we see a positive effect of stand area on
diversity for most groups despite sampling equal area in all stands, which is a prediction of
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
13
metacommunity theory that is normally overlooked. Our results demonstrate the importance of
considering variation in the dispersal modes of focal species in explaining the diversity patterns
in natural metacommunities.
Introduction
Biological communities rarely occur in complete isolation, but instead often exist as part of a
‘metacommunity’ of local patches connected by dispersal (Wilson 1992). Island and pond
systems are classic examples of metacommunities (Simberloff & Wilson 1970), as are other
distinct assemblages of organisms that occur in patchily-distributed habitats. The
metacommunity paradigm, based on concepts from metapopulation and island biogeography
theories, was developed to understand the mechanisms that maintain species diversity in patchy
landscapes (Leibold et al. 2004). Several classes of metacommunity dynamics have been
identified, all of which recognize the importance of extinction and colonization dynamics of
species within and among patches for explaining local and regional diversity patterns (Leibold et
al. 2004). Recent theoretical and empirical work has focused on determining how factors that
alter the extinction and colonization rates of species within metacommunities scale up to alter
local and regional diversity (Altermatt, Schreiber & Holyoak 2011; Haegeman & Loreau 2014;
LeCraw, Srivastava & Romero 2014).
Patch size and connectivity (inter-patch distance) both affect colonization and extinction
dynamics and are predicted to be important drivers of diversity patterns in metacommunities
(Holyoak et al. 2005). Larger patches can support a greater number of species per unit area, as
higher colonization rates combined with larger population sizes that are less vulnerable to
extinction result in an increase in the ratio of colonization to extinction rate (MacArthur &
Wilson 1967; Holt 1993; Leibold et al. 2004). Similarly, by influencing the rate at which species
move between patches, patch connectivity can strongly affect local diversity; this phenomenon
has recently been demonstrated in both theoretical models (Pillai, Gonzalez & Loreau 2011;
Gilbert 2012; Haegeman & Loreau 2014) and empirical studies (Howeth & Leibold 2010;
Matthiessen, Mielke & Sommer 2010; Chisholm et al. 2011). In metacommunities with poorly-
connected patches, local diversity tends to be low because dispersal-limited species cannot reach
suitable patches (Cadotte 2006b) or priority effects exclude subsequent colonizers (Levins &
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
14
Culver 1971). As patch connectivity increases, local diversity increases as incoming colonists
rescue small populations from extinction (Brown & Kodric-Brown 1977). Finally, when
dispersal rates are high, diversity can decline if competitively dominant species or generalist
predators are able to reach all patches and drive other species locally extinct (Mouquet & Loreau
2003). Empirical studies have detected a variety of relationships between dispersal and diversity;
reported relationships are often positive (Warren 1996; Gilbert, Gonzalez & Evans-Freke 1998;
Cadotte 2006a; Chase, Burgett & Biro 2010) or hump-shaped (Kneitel & Miller 2003;
Matthiessen & Hillebrand 2006; Howeth & Leibold 2010; Vanschoenwinkel et al. 2013), but
negative relationships have also been detected (Matthiessen et al. 2010). However, it is difficult
to interpret these patterns and draw broader conclusions about the ecological processes shaping
natural systems, in part because of the difficulties associated with capturing a biologically
relevant range of dispersal rates when dispersal is manipulated experimentally.
One of the most fundamental predictions of metacommunity theory is that interspecific
differences in dispersal affect coexistence and diversity (Leibold et al. 2004; Holyoak, Leibold &
Holt 2005). Although co-occurring species often differ greatly in dispersal ability (Howe &
Smallwood 1982), these differences are often overlooked in experimental studies. For example,
most studies manipulate dispersal by transferring a set proportion of a community among
patches, thereby removing natural variation in species’ dispersal abilities (Kneitel & Miller 2003;
Cadotte, Fortner & Fukami 2006; Howeth & Leibold 2010; Declerck et al. 2013; but see Cadotte
2006a; Limberger & Wickham 2011; Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke & Brendonck 2013; Guelzow,
Dirks & Hillebrand 2014). Similarly, seed addition experiments used to test dispersal-diversity
relationships often remove dispersal differences among species (Cadotte 2006a). Although these
studies have made important advances in testing some aspects of metacommunity theory, the
higher tractability associated with homogenizing dispersal rates across species comes at the
expense of understanding how natural variation in dispersal abilities can affect the persistence of
coexisting species within a metacommunity. Studies that allow differential dispersal rates are
underrepresented in the literature (Logue et al. 2011), and are currently biased towards small
passively-dispersed organisms inhabiting freshwater ponds (e.g., protists, algae and zooplankton;
Louette & De Meester 2005; Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke & Brendonck 2013).
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
15
The manner in which patch size and patch connectivity affect the colonization rates of coexisting
species and subsequently shape diversity will depend on species’ traits that affect dispersal. In
plants, dispersal differences can manifest through morphological adaptations in seeds, with the
seed representing the primary dispersive stage of a plant’s life cycle. These adaptations can be
categorized into different dispersal modes or syndromes, reflecting how (and how far) seeds
move across the landscape. For example, common dispersal modes in plants include gravitropic
dispersal via passive release from the parent plant, dispersal via insects such as ants
(myrmecochory), wind dispersal via the presence of a feathery pappus, and vertebrate dispersal
via fleshy fruited seeds or burs that are carried by birds or mammals (Howe & Smallwood 1982).
Focusing on patterns of diversity separately for species with different dispersal modes can reveal
unique relationships between patch size or connectivity and diversity (Vanschoenwinkel,
Buschke & Brendonck 2013). For example, species that have no dispersal aid rarely disperse
long distances and may be more strongly affected by patch connectivity than animal or wind-
dispersed species that can easily reach all sites (Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke & Brendonck 2013).
Similarly, habitat selection by animals that move seeds could alter the relationship between patch
size and diversity if animal vectors prefer larger patches (Levey et al. 2005; Nathan et al. 2008;
Evans et al. 2012). Despite the recognized importance of dispersal for metacommunity dynamics
(Mouquet & Loreau 2003; Cadotte 2006b) and the ubiquity of variation in dispersal abilities
among co-occurring species (Nathan & Muller-Landau 2000; Muller-Landau 2003; Gilbert,
Turkington & Srivastava 2009), the implications of these dispersal differences on
metacommunity diversity is only beginning to be tested in natural systems (Löbel, Snäll &
Rydin 2009; Hájek et al. 2011; De Bie et al. 2012; Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke & Brendonck
2013).
In this paper, we investigate how patch size and connectivity affects understorey plant diversity
in a naturally-patchy landscape of aspen stands. Aspen (Populus spp.) are common tree species
in Northern climates, frequently occurring in grassland habitats where they form clonal forest
stands with clear boundaries. These stands are naturally-patchy, and support a distinct plant
community compared to the surrounding grassland matrix, indicating that aspen-associated
understorey species function as a metacommunity. However, unlike pond or island patches,
aspen stands have diffuse boundaries, meaning that important spatial dynamics may be swamped
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
16
out by the presence of species that are not constrained to habitat patches in the metacommunity
(e.g., generalists; Harrison 1999). How influential the presence of these species on our ability to
resolve the dynamics of diffuse metacommunities remains an open question (Leibold et al.
2004).
In Lac Du Bois Provincial Park, British Columbia, Canada, we sampled understorey plant
communities in aspen stands that varied in size and connectivity (Fig. 2.1). We sampled the same
total area in all stands to remove the confounding effects of species-area relationships in our
assessment of species diversity. Species were then categorized into three dispersal syndrome
groups based on fruit morphology: no dispersal-aid, wind dispersed, and animal dispersed. We
used these data to address four questions: (1) Does stand size and/or connectivity affect
understorey plant diversity and species composition? (2) Does dispersal mode mediate these
relationships? (3) Are the observed diversity patterns consistent with common ecological
processes such as competition or herbivory? (4) How sensitive are our results to the inclusion of
generalist and matrix-associated species, a common feature of metacommunities with diffuse
boundaries?
Materials & methods
Study site & species sampling
This study was conducted in the high elevation grasslands of Lac Du Bois Provincial Park in the
southern interior of British Columbia, Canada (latitude = 50.7007, longitude = -120.4603). The
region is semiarid, with hot dry summers and little annual precipitation (279 mm), 27% of which
falls as snow (Environment Canada 2014). Aspen (Populus tremuloides) cover ~100-ha of the
park and occur primarily on moist, north-facing slopes (Dickinson 1998). They form clonal
stands that support a unique flora of understorey plant species compared to the surrounding
grassland matrix (Fig. S2.1 in Appendix A: Supplementary information for chapter 2). These
stands are relatively undisturbed by humans, and range in age from approximately 24 to 148
years old.
In the summer of 2007, we randomly selected 24 of a total of 110 aspen stands in the park (Fig.
2.1), excluding any stands located within 50 meters of a road. The stands ranged from
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
17
approximately 658 m2 to 37,622 m
2 in size. We established a single 10 m × 25 m plot in the
center of each stand and recorded the occurrences of all identifiable understorey vascular plant
species. This large plot size was selected to capture species diversity at a scale that incorporates a
reasonable level of microsite heterogeneity. By using the same plot size in all stands, we
standardized sampling intensity and were thus able to assess species richness per unit area to
avoid the confounding influence of species-area relationships on our diversity measurements.
Although edge effects may be confounded with the size of the patch in our study (and in most
naturally patchy ecosystems), we believe that these effects are negligible for two reasons. First,
even the smallest stands were almost three times the size of the plot, and second, the abundance
of matrix species was generally low (Fig. S2.2).
To confirm that aspen stands support a unique flora and to identify aspen- and matrix-associated
species, we also sampled plant diversity in the adjacent grassland matrix. The grassland sampling
followed the same sampling protocol as in the aspen stands, with at least one plot placed 25 to 50
m outside of each of the sampled aspen stands (n = 24 total; May & Baldwin 2011). See Data
analyses for methods on statistically delineating grassland- and aspen-associated species.
Concurrent with the plant survey, we recorded the amount of ungulate scat within our plots,
ranked from 0 (none) to 3 (abundant), as a proxy for large herbivore activity (Bailey & Putman
1981; Heinze et al. 2011). Our surveys were conducted in a single year, and thus could not be
used to track colonization and extinction as they happened. However, island biogeography theory
predicts that the outcome of colonization/extinction dynamics can be inferred, rather than
observed directly, from the equilibrium species richness of habitat patches. There was no
relationship between species richness and the age of the stands (t1,23 = 0.31, P = 0.763)
suggesting that the patterns observed were not driven by differences in time to accumulate
species.
We classified all aspen-associated species into three dispersal mode categories based on seed
morphology: (1) no dispersal aid [gravitropic, ballistic, or ant dispersal; n = 32]; (2) wind-
dispersed [anemochorous; n = 17]; indicated by the presence of a pappus; and, (3) animal-
dispersed [bird or large mammal dispersal; n = 18], indicated by the presence of burs or fleshy
fruit. We grouped ant-dispersed species into the ‘no dispersal aid’ group because ants move
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
18
seeds at a spatial scale comparable to passive gravitropically- or ballistically-dispersed seeds
(Thomson et al. 2011). Only 2 of the 32 species in this dispersal mode category are known to be
dispersed by ants.
Figure 2.1 Map of sampled (black; n = 24) and unsampled (grey; n = 86) aspen stands at the Lac
Du Bois Provincial Park in the southern interior of British Columbia, Canada (latitude =
50.7007, longitude = -120.4603); both sampled and unsampled stands were included in our
calculations of stand connectivity. The matrix habitat was primarily grassland.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
19
Data analyses
A presence-absence matrix was created for all taxa in the 24 sampled aspen stands and 24
grassland plots. We conducted a principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) using the Jaccard
dissimilarity coefficient to identify compositional differences between aspen stands and the
surrounding grassland matrix (Fig. S2.1). To identify and remove all species that were not
strongly aspen-associated, we calculated the proportion of aspen to grassland plots that each
species occurred in, and removed generalist and grassland specialist species that did not occur in
aspen stands at least 66% of the time (n = 103 species; Table S2.1). We removed generalists and
grassland specialists because only species that occur in favorable focal habitat patches imbedded
in a matrix of unfavorable habitat constitute a metacommunity (Cook et al. 2002). We repeated
our analyses using less stringent cut-offs (an analysis using all species and another requiring 50%
of occurrences to be in aspen stands), and a more stringent cut-off (requiring 75% of occurrences
to be in aspen stands). We found that including all species obscured patterns, but that our results
were qualitatively similar (Table S2.2) at all other indicator cutoff levels; we therefore report the
results generated using the 66% cutoff, which identified 67 aspen-associated species (Table 2.1)
but also discuss the sensitivity of our results to the cut-off level that was used.
To calculate stand size and distances among stands, all sampled and unsampled aspen stands
were digitized from online basemaps streamed through ArcGIS 10.1 (ESRI.com). The digitized
stand locations and shapes were compared with field notes to confirm accuracy. We calculated
the area of each stand and then created a matrix of pairwise Euclidian distances between all
stands based on edge-to-edge distances, which were then used in the connectivity function
described below.
Our model for incorporating stand size and connectivity came from a plant metapopulation
model where the expected occupancy per species increases monotonically with the ratio of
colonization (C) to extinction (E) rates. When summed across weakly interacting species, this
relationship predicts that species richness per unit area (S) in stand i increases with this ratio:
S~Ci/Ei. Using a logarithmic transformation, this equation becomes:
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
20
log(Si) ~ log(Ci) – log(Ei). The second of these terms, the probability of extinction (E) in stand i,
is a decreasing function of stand area, and is often modeled as inversely related to area. The other
term, colonization (C), is an increasing function of stand connectivity. We used a metapopulation
approach (Hanski 1994; Gilbert & Levine 2013) for calculating the connectivity of a stand that
incorporates the distance between stand i and all other j stands, and combined this with
extinction to predict species richness per unit area:
(1)
Where S is the species richness per unit area at site i, and ɛ is a normally distributed error term.
The variable d is the distance between any two sites; the summation incorporates distances from
all other sites. Our connectivity measure (the summation term in eqn. 1) uses the standard
assumption of an exponential dispersal curve with a mean dispersal distance, α. As a result,
connectivity between site i and j decreases at greater distances (dij) and increases with greater
dispersal ability (α). This model has a similar functional form as Hanski’s incidence function
(Equation 4 in Hanski 1994), but differs in that α represents the mean dispersal distance of seeds,
as it is commonly presented in plant dispersal literature (Hanski 1994; Muller-Landau et al.
2008). Here, we consider α identical for all species within a dispersal mode group, and fit eqn.
(1) separately for each group. To fit eqn. (1), we first used published estimates of mean dispersal
distance for our dispersal mode groups (Thomson et al. 2011) and fitted the other parameters
(intercept, b1, and b2) using linear regressions. We also fitted all parameters (α, intercept, b1, and
b2) using maximum likelihood; because the results predicted qualitatively similar effects of
connectivity on species richness, we report the second approach in the supplementary material
(Table S2.3). Specific details on the model fitting for both methods of estimating α are further
explained in the supplementary material.
𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝑆𝑖) = 𝑖𝑛𝑡𝑒𝑟𝑐𝑒𝑝𝑡 + 𝑏1 𝑙𝑜𝑔 ∑(𝑒−𝑑𝑖𝑗/𝛼) + 𝑏2 𝑙𝑜𝑔(𝐴𝑟𝑒𝑎𝑖) + 𝜀𝑖
𝑛
𝑗≠𝑖
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
21
When fitting eqn. (1), we noted that stand area and connectivity were often weakly correlated (r
= 0.36, P = 0.086 when all species are included in the analysis). To account for this, we report
our results for species richness from analyses with both stand size and connectivity included
(Table 2.1) and also analyses with each factor tested separately (Table S2.4). This is important in
interpreting our results because a significant effect of one stand characteristic could obscure
meaningful relationships of the other stand characteristic, purely because the stand characteristics
themselves are correlated.
Although our analyses of species richness allowed us to test if the dispersal mode groups
responded to stand size and connectivity, we could not conclude with certainty that differences in
responses between groups were statistically different because they were tested in separate linear
models. To confirm that they were statistically different, we used a multivariate approach to test
if the relative number of species belonging to any particular dispersal mode groups shifted with
stand size and connectivity. To do this, we created a distance matrix of Bray-Curtis dissimilarity
coefficients for all pairwise combinations of the 24 stands. Bray-Curtis dissimilarity is typically
used to compare sites based on the abundances of multiple species; our analysis is analogous, in
that we use ‘dispersal mode groups’ and ‘species richness’ rather than ‘species’ and
‘abundances’, respectively. We then ran a PCoA on the distance matrix, and used linear models
to test the effects of log(stand size) and log(connectivity) on the first and second axes scores of
the PCoA. Because sites with similar axis scores are compositionally similar in terms of
dispersal modes, the presence of significant relationships would indicate that the dispersal mode
groupings capture meaningful variation in how species are distributed across the landscape. For
this analysis, the α used to calculate connectivity was the average α value of the three groups.
Because we observed a negative relationship between species richness and connectivity for one
of the dispersal mode groups (Table 2.1; Fig. 2.2), we tested two additional hypotheses for the
negative species richness-connectivity relationship that can occur at intermediate to high
connectivity (i.e. the backend of a hump-shaped relationship). First, it is possible that increased
connectivity allows the establishment of highly competitive species that exclude inferior
competitors (Mouquet & Loreau 2003; Cadotte 2006a). We tested this hypothesis using a null
model designed to identify negative relationships among dispersal mode groups, after accounting
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
22
for environmental covariance. The model used was Schluter’s covariance test (Schluter 1984)
tested against a randomized null expectation calculated with row and column sums held constant
(the most conservative null model; Ulrich & Gotelli 2010). Second, the movement of large
herbivores might be restricted by stand connectedness. We tested this possibility using a linear
model looking at the effects of log(stand size) and log(connectivity) on the amount of ungulate
scat found per stand during the understorey sampling period.
We also used a multivariate approach to look at turnover in species composition across stands
within the dispersal mode groups to identify variation that is not accounted for by grouping by
dispersal mode. Specifically, we created three distance matrices, one for each dispersal mode
group, by calculating the Jaccard dissimilarity coefficient on the presence/absence data for all
pairwise combinations of the 24 stands. The Jaccard dissimilarity coefficient is a resemblance
measure that accounts for increased variation in species richness as species richness increases as
expected with random sampling (e.g., MacArthur & Wilson 1967). We then performed PCoAs
on the three distance matrices and used the first and second axis scores as response variables in
linear models testing the effects of log(stand size) and log(connectivity). The presence of
significant relationships would indicate that, within the dispersal mode groups, some species are
more likely than others to encounter and persist in stands of varying size and connectivity.
Results
We found a significant effect of stand size (P < 0.001) and a marginally non- significant effect of
connectivity (P = 0.078) on overall species richness, with higher richness observed in larger, less
connected stands (Table 2.1; Fig. 2.2). However, when species were broken down by dispersal
mode, the importance of these two stand characteristics varied markedly (Table 2.1).
Specifically, we found a positive effect of stand size (P < 0.001) and a negative effect of
connectivity (P = 0.041) on the species richness of the no-dispersal-aid group, whereas the
number of animal-dispersed species increased with increasing stand size (P < 0.001) but was
unaffected by stand connectivity (P = 0.768). The number of wind-dispersed species was not
affected by stand size (P = 0.507) or connectivity (P = 0.107) when both factors were included in
the model. However, when we considered each factor separately, species richness of wind-
dispersed species increased with greater connectivity (P = 0.025; Table S2.4). In comparing
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
23
among groups, there was a significant effect of stand size (axis 1; P < 0.001) and connectivity
(axis 2; P = 0.0122) on the relative number of species represented by each group (Fig. 2.3).
Together, these results support our hypothesis that both patch size and connectivity affect
metacommunity diversity, and that these effects vary with species’ dispersal mode.
We found additional variation within the dispersal mode groups in how species responded to the
stand size and stand connectivity (Table 2.2). Specifically, the composition of species with no
dispersal aid changed with stand size (axis 2, P = 0.024), and animal-dispersed species changed
with both stand size (axis 1; P = 0.002) and stand connectivity (axis 1; P = 0.012). We could not
calculate compositional turnover for species in the wind-dispersed group, as a low frequency of
joint presences precluded analysis with Jaccard similarity.
Because we found a negative relationship between species richness and stand connectivity for
plants that lack a dispersal aid, we tested the possibility that competition or herbivory could be
mediating this relationship (Fig. 2.4). Our null model revealed that, overall, the species
richnesses of the dispersal groups negatively covaried across stands (P = 0.033). This means that,
after accounting for and removing the common effects of stand size or connectivity among
dispersal mode groups, the diversity of the different groups were negatively associated. We
found no evidence to suggest that ungulates, common herbivores at the study site, were more
active in highly-connected stands (t1,20 = -0.803, P = 0.432).
Our results on the effects of stand size and connectivity on species richness were qualitatively
similar among analyses that used different cut-off values for identifying aspen-associated species
(i.e., species occurring in aspen stands 50, 66, and 75% of the time; Table S2.2). In all three
analyses, species with no dispersal aid were affected by stand size (all P < 0.001) and
connectivity (all P ≤ 0.002), animal-dispersed species were affected by stand size only (all P <
0.001), and wind-dispersed species were not affected by either stand characteristic (all P ≥
0.099). It was only when all species (i.e., generalists and grassland specialists) were included that
we failed to detect any trends, except for the effect of stand size on the species richness of
animal-dispersed species because animal-dispersed species did not occur in the grassland matrix.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
24
Figure 2.1 The effect of stand size and stand connectivity on species richness when all aspen-
associated species are grouped together (top panels) and for each dispersal group considered
separately. Species richness values were adjusted to account for the other factor in the model
(size or connectivity) whenever that factor was significant. Fitted lines indicate when a factor
was significant at P < 0.05 in a model with both factors (solid line) or only the significant factor
(dashed line) included. All variables are log-transformed but shown on the original scale.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
25
Figure 2.2 The effect of (a) stand size and (b) connectivity on the relative representation of
species belonging to each dispersal mode group from a PCoA using the Bray-Curtis coefficient.
We only display the stand characteristic-axis score combinations that were significantly
correlated. Each axis was delineated by changes in group representation: axis 1 primarily
summarized variation in wind and animal dispersed species richness (rwind = -0.35, ranimal = 0.35)
but not the richness of species with no dispersal aid (rno aid = -0.08). Axis 2 summarized variation
in the richness of species with no dispersal aid (rno aid = 0.91), as well as wind (rwind = -0.63) and
animal (ranimal = -0.51) dispersed species.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
26
Figure 2.3 Evidence for the role of competition but not herbivory in mediating relationships
between the stand characteristics and species richness. (a) The observed degree of negative
covariances in species richness between dispersal mode groups (solid line) compared to a null
distribution of random outcomes. An observed value to the left of the distribution indicates that
covariances are less than expected by chance, a result interpreted as indicating that competition
among groups structures their distributions. (b) The effect of stand connectivity on ungulate
herbivore activity, as estimated from scat survey data.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
27
Table 2.1 Effects of stand size and connectivity on log-transformed species richness. ‘All
species’ includes all aspen-associated species from the three dispersal mode groups.
Dispersal mode #
species α estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 67 88.5 0.34 4.89 <0.001 -0.19 -1.85 0.078
No dispersal aid 32 5* 0.40 4.25 <0.001 -0.02 -2.18 0.0411
Wind-dispersed 17 8.5 0.07 0.68 0.507 0.03 1.68 0.1072
Animal-dispersed 18 254.5† 0.29 4.35 <0.001 -0.05 -0.30 0.768
Note: significant effects are bolded; all df = 24. b is the slope of the relationship.
1Was only significant when stand size was included in the model (t1,23 = -0.002, P = 0.998; Table
S2.4).
2Was significant when stand size was not included in the model (t1,23 = 2.41, P = 0.025; Table
S2.4).
*Using an α estimate of 2.43 m, the average for species with no dispersal aid from Thomson et
al. (2011), provided qualitatively equivalent model fit for this group (log (Stand size) P < 0.001;
log (Stand connectivity) P = 0.04; see supplementary material in Appendix A).
†Thomson et al. 2011 separated animal dispersal into ingestion (n = 116), attachment (n = 4) and
seed-caching (n = 26). We calculated a weighted mean based on the number of species in each
category.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
28
Table 2.2 Effects of stand size and stand connectivity on species composition (axis 1 and 2
scores of PCoA using Jaccard dissimilarity coefficient) by dispersal mode.
Axis
#
Dispersal
mode
#
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
1 All species 67 88.5 -0.11 -3.13 0.005 0.14 2.57 0.018
No dispersal
aid 32 5* -0.02 -0.34 0.736 0.01 0.84 0.411
Wind-
dispersed 17 8.5 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Animal-
dispersed 18 254.5 -0.15 -3.44 0.002 0.28 2.74 0.012
2 All species 67 88.5 0.12 3.32 0.003 -0.07 -1.38 0.183
No dispersal
aid 32 5* 0.12 2.44 0.024 -0.01 -0.98 0.341
Wind-
dispersed 17 8.5 NA NA NA NA NA NA
Animal-
dispersed 18 254.5 -0.0650 -1.25 0.224 0.05 0.40 0.694
Note: significant effects are bolded; all df = 24. b is the slope of the relationship. We could not
calculate Jaccard dissimilarity for plots in the wind-dispersed species group, because had many
species had single occurrences.
*α estimates ranging from 2-5 m provided qualitatively equivalent model fit for this group.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
29
Discussion
Our study highlights the importance of considering variation in species’ dispersal modes in
metacommunity studies. When dispersal mode was ignored and all aspen-associated species
were grouped together, species richness per unit area was positivity associated with stand size
only (Table 2.1; Fig. 2.2), which has been observed in some (Holt, Robinson & Gaines 1995;
Harvey & MacDougall 2014) but not all (Holt, Robinson and Gaines 1995) metacommunities.
Our approach of separating species by fruit type, a life history characteristic that affects how
seeds are dispersed across landscapes, clarified how relationships between stand size,
connectivity, and diversity differ among species’ with different dispersal modes (Table 2.1; Fig.
2.2).
Larger stands contained more animal-dispersed species and species with no dispersal aid, a
pattern consistent with classic theory in which bigger patches support larger populations that are
less prone to extinction. However, animal-dispersed species’ responses to stand size might also
be explained by habitat selection by seed-dispersing animals. If animals preferentially select
larger patches, animal-dispersed species might be underrepresented in small patches simply
because their dispersal agents do not transport them there. Although we did not quantify animal
abundances within the aspen patches, previous work has documented that many bird and large
mammal species prefer larger stands (Johns 1993; Oaten & Larsen 2008), and are thus more
likely to deposit seeds in these stands. Interestingly, the diversity of wind-dispersed species was
unaffected by stand size. Although we can’t isolate the specific mechanism driving this pattern,
many of the wind-dispersed species found in our study, such as the Antennaria, Cirsium, and
Lactuca, are considered ruderal species, therefore their persistence should be more generally
limited by disturbance events (which in this system likely occur at low levels among all patches)
than factors such as stand size.
Although the range of relationships between connectivity and diversity presented by previous
empirical work precludes a single prediction, we expected to see a positive or hump-shaped
relationship, as these have most commonly been found in other studies (Kneitel & Miller 2003;
Matthiessen & Hillebrand 2006; Howeth & Leibold 2010; Chase et al. 2010; Vanschoenwinkel,
Buschke & Brendonck 2013). Consistent with these studies, we found evidence that connectivity
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
30
had a positive effect on the richness of wind-dispersed species (Fig. 2.2, Table S2.4), indicating
that colonization rates in this group are limited by connectivity; the most distant, least connected
site had only a single wind-dispersed species. Although wind-dispersed species may access all
stands via infrequent long-distance dispersal events (e.g., in wind storms; Soons, Nathan & Katul
2004), colonization events would be rare compared to extinctions, thus creating this gradient in
diversity.
We also detected a negative relationship between connectivity and richness for species with no
dispersal aid, which may be suggestive of the declining half of a hump-shaped curve. The most
widely accepted explanation for a decline in richness in highly connected patches is that
competitively dominant or generalist predator species that are poor dispersers can dominate
highly-connected patches and drive other species locally extinct (Forbes & Chase 2002; Kneitel
& Miller 2003; Cadotte 2006b; Chase et al. 2010; Matthiessen et al. 2010; Vanschoenwinkel,
Buschke & Brendonck 2013). If this were the case, we would expect to see either negative
relationships between dispersal mode groups (competitor hypothesis), increased herbivore
activity in highly connected patches (predator hypothesis), or both. Although our observational
dataset does not allow us to discriminate definitively among the mechanisms underlying
observed patterns, estimates of competition and herbivory were used to determine whether
observed patterns were consistent with either of these mechanisms. We found some evidence in
support of the competitor hypothesis only: the null model revealed negative covariance among
dispersal mode groups (P = 0.038; Fig. 2.4a). This suggests that species with no dispersal aid
might be competitively suppressed by the other dispersal mode groups in highly-connected
stands. We note, however, that theory predicts that the no dispersal aid group should be
competitively dominant, and our results suggest the opposite. Our results are nonetheless
consistent with experimental work in aspen stands in the boreal forest (Gilbert, Turkington &
Srivastava 2009), and raises questions about persistence of weak dispersers when they are also
weak competitors.
Our investigation of turnover in species composition among dispersal mode groups suggests that
these groupings capture meaningful variation in how species in this aspen metacommunity move
across the landscape (Fig. 2.3). Interestingly, our analyses also indicate that there is additional
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
31
variation within groups in how species are responding to stand size and connectivity (Table 2.2).
For example, both Rocky Mountain juniper (Juniperus scopulorum) and prickly wild rose (Rosa
acicularis) are animal dispersed, but differ in their association with large or small stands. This
variation would not likely be fully accounted for by incorporating information on species-
specific dispersal abilities, because species also varied in their responses to stand size. This result
could reflect interspecific variation in sensitivity to local extinction, or different animal vectors
(i.e., bird, rodent, deer) for animal-dispersed species. Overall, our findings indicate that while
including dispersal mode is important for understanding metacommunity dynamics, investigation
of interspecific differences in dispersal within modes may further clarify how spatial dynamics
structure diversity in this ecosystem.
Early metacommunity theory posited that species richness will increase per unit area in highly
connected patches when communities are comprised of weakly interacting species (Holt 1993).
This prediction is often overlooked, with many metacommunity studies estimating diversity
across a patch size gradient and confounding patch size with the area sampled by increasing
sampling effort proportionally with patch size. Other researchers have recognized this problem
and subsequently accounted for unequal sampling post hoc through rarefaction or by randomly
selecting a subset of patches (e.g., Meynard et al. 2013). Although our approach is unlikely to
capture the total diversity across all aspen stands, it is more consistent with metacommunity
predictions than approaches that attempt to standardize sampling effort post hoc. Standardizing
area in metacommunity sampling has long been advocated (Holt 1993) because this method
directly tests species’ responses to patch size by eliminating the confounding effects on species
richness of increased sampling effort and habitat heterogeneity in larger patches.
Unlike more classic examples of metacommunities, such as ponds or islands, the boundaries of
aspen stands are diffuse to some species that also occur in the surrounding grassland matrix. For
example, matrix-associated species may be present in the aspen stands if they are generalists that
persist in both habitat types, or if they are grassland specialists experiencing source-sink
dynamics whereby populations in aspen stands are supplemented with incoming colonists from
the matrix. In either case, these species’ pose a conceptual and methodological challenge for how
the metacommunity is defined, given that the matrix may be inhospitable to some species but not
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
32
others (Delong & Gibson 2012). In our study, we used a paired plot design consisting of one
grassland-matrix plot surveyed adjacent to each aspen stand. This method allowed us to identify
and exclude species that were highly associated with the grassland matrix, and that were
therefore not likely to be constrained by the boundaries of the aspen metacommunity. Of the 170
species observed in our paired plot surveys, 66 and 44 species were found primarily (≥ 66% of
the time) or exclusively in aspen stands, respectively, with 36 species occurring only in grassland
plots. This means that, of the 110 total species found in the aspen stand plots, 66 experience the
grassland matrix as inhospitable, and thus adhere to classic metacommunity definitions (Leibold
et al. 2004). Our data revealed effects of patch size and connectivity on diversity that were robust
to the choice of cut-off that was used (i.e., species occurring in aspen stands at least 50, 66, and
75% of the time; Table S2.2). It was only when all species (i.e., generalists and grassland
specialists) were included that we failed to detect these trends. The paired plot design used here
could be implemented in future work in similarly diffuse habitat-patch networks (e.g., coral
reefs, serpentine hummocks etc.), a recognized class of metacommunties that dominates many
landscapes (Leibold et al. 2004).
Our assessment of the effects of stand size and connectivity on diversity is one of the first to use
a naturally-patchy metacommunity to test how differences in species dispersal modes influence
local diversity. In doing so, we show that dispersal mode mediates the effects of stand size and
connectivity on metacommunity diversity in ways that would be obscured if all species were
grouped together. Our results also raise the intriguing possibility that life history traits that affect
dispersal may also alter distributions of these groups through differences in competitive ability,
habitat specific movement of animal vectors, and different local extinction rates. Our approach to
studying the effects of dispersal and patch characteristics on metacommunity diversity has
provided new insights into the complex relationship between patch characteristics and
metacommunity diversity.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank Laura May for field assistance. N. T. J. received financial assistance
from the Thompson Rivers University Undergraduate Student Research Experience Award
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
33
(UREAP). We also thank two anonymous reviewers whose thoughtful comments on a previous
version of this manuscript improved it considerably.
Literature cited
Altermatt, F., Schreiber, S. & Holyoak, M. (2011) Interactive effects of disturbance and dispersal
directionality on species richness and composition in metacommunities. Ecology, 92, 859–
70.
Bailey, R. & Putman, R. (1981) Estimation of fallow deer (Dama dama) populations from faecal
accumulation. Journal of Applied Ecology, 18, 697–702.
De Bie, T., Meester, L., Brendonck, L., Martens, K., Goddeeris, B., Ercken, D., Hampel, H.,
Denys, L., Vanhecke, L., Gucht, K., Wichelen, J., Vyverman, W. & Declerck, S.A.J. (2012)
Body size and dispersal mode as key traits determining metacommunity structure of aquatic
organisms. Ecology Letters, 15, 740–747.
Brown, J.H. & Kodric-Brown, A. (1977) Turnover rates in insular biogeography: effect of
immigration on extinction. Ecology, 58, 445.
Cadotte, M.W. (2006a) Metacommunity influences on community richness at multiple spatial
scales: a microcosm experiment. Ecology, 87, 1008–1016.
Cadotte, M.W. (2006b) Dispersal and species diversity: a meta-analysis. The American
Naturalist, 167, 913–924.
Cadotte, M.W., Fortner, A.M. & Fukami, T. (2006) The effects of resource enrichment,
dispersal, and predation on local and metacommunity structure. Oecologia, 149, 150–157.
Chase, J.M., Burgett, A.A. & Biro, E.G. (2010) Habitat isolation moderates the strength of top-
down control in experimental pond food webs. Ecology, 91, 637–643.
Chisholm, C., Lindo, Z. & Gonzalez, A. (2011) Metacommunity diversity depends on
connectivity and patch arrangement in heterogeneous habitat networks. Ecography, 34,
415–424.
Cook, W.M., Lane, K.T., Foster, B.L. & Holt, R.D. (2002) Island theory, matrix effects and
species richness patterns in habitat fragments. Ecology Letters, 5, 619–623.
Declerck, S.A.J., Winter, C., Shurin, J.B., Suttle, C.A. & Matthews, B. (2013) Effects of patch
connectivity and heterogeneity on metacommunity structure of planktonic bacteria and
viruses. The ISME journal, 7, 533–42.
Delong, M.K. & Gibson, D.J. (2012) What determines “suitable habitat” for metapopulation
studies? An analysis of environmental gradients and species assemblages in xeric forest
openings. American Journal of Botany, 99, 46–54.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
34
Dickinson, T. (1998) Lac Du Bois Provincial Park Management Plan. Kamloops.
Environment Canada. (2014) Canadian Climate Normals 1971-2000 for Kamloops, British
Columbia. URL http://climate.weather.gc.ca/climate_normals/index_e.html
Evans, D.M.E., Turley, N.E., Levey, D.J. & Tewksbeury, J.J. (2012) Habitat patch shape, not
corridors, determines herbivory and fruit production of an annual plant. Ecology, 93, 1016–
1025.
Forbes, A.E. & Chase, J.M. (2002) The role of habitat connectivity and landscape geometry in
experimental zooplankton metacommunities. Oikos, 96, 433–440.
Gilbert, B. (2012) Joint consequences of dispersal and niche overlap on local diversity and
resource use. Journal of Ecology, 100, 287–296.
Gilbert, F., Gonzalez, A. & Evans-Freke, I. (1998) Corridors maintain species richness in the
fragmented landscapes of a microecosystem. Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological
Sciences, 265, 577–582.
Gilbert, B. & Levine, J.M. (2013) Plant invasions and extinction debts. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 110, 1744–9.
Gilbert, B., Turkington, R. & Srivastava, D.S. (2009) Dominant species and diversity: linking
relative abundance to controls of species establishment. The American Naturalist, 174, 850–
62.
Guelzow, N., Dirks, M. & Hillebrand, H. (2014) Effect of (a)synchronous light fluctuation on
diversity, functional and structural stability of a marine phytoplankton metacommunity.
Oecologia, 176, 497–510.
Haegeman, B. & Loreau, M. (2014) General relationships between consumer dispersal, resource
dispersal and metacommunity diversity. Ecology letters, 17, 175–84.
Hájek, M., Roleček, J., Cottenie, K., Kintrová, K., Horsák, M., Poulíčková, A., Hájková, P.,
Fránková, M. & Dítě, D. (2011) Environmental and spatial controls of biotic assemblages in
a discrete semi-terrestrial habitat: comparison of organisms with different dispersal abilities
sampled in the same plots. Journal of Biogeography, 38, 1683–1693.
Hanski, I. (1994) A practical model of metapopulation dynamics. The Journal of Animal
Ecology, 63, 151–162.
Harrison, S. (1999) Local and regional diversity in a patchy landscape: native, alien, and
endemic herbs on serpentine. Ecology, 80, 70–80.
Harvey, E. & MacDougall, A.S. (2014) Trophic island biogeography drives spatial divergence of
community establishment. Ecology, 95, 2870–2878.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
35
Heinze, E., Boch, S., Fischer, M., Hessenmöller, D., Klenk, B., Müller, J., Prati, D., Schulze, E.-
D., Seele, C., Socher, S. & Halle, S. (2011) Habitat use of large ungulates in northeastern
Germany in relation to forest management. Forest Ecology and Management, 261, 288–
296.
Holt, R.D. (1993) Ecology at the Mesoscale: the influence of regional processes on local
communities. Species Diversity in Ecological Communities (eds R.E. Ricklefs), & D.
Schluter), pp. 77–88. University of Chicago Press.
Holt, R.D., Robinson, G.R. & Gaines, M.S. (1995) Vegetation dynamics in an experimentally
fragmented landscape. Ecology, 76, 1610–1624.
Holyoak, M., Leibold, M.A. & Holt, R.D. (2005) Metacommunities: Spatial Dynamics and
Ecological Communities (eds M Holyoak, MA Leibold, and RD Holt). The University of
Chicago Press.
Howe, H.F. & Smallwood, J. (1982) Ecology of seed dispersal. Annual Review of Ecology and
Systematics, 13, 201–228.
Howeth, J.G. & Leibold, M.A. (2010) Species dispersal rates alter diversity and ecosystem
stability in pond metacommunities. Ecology, 91, 2727–2741.
Johns, B.W. (1993) The influence of grove size on bird species richness in aspen parklands.
Wilson Bulletin, 105, 256–264.
Kneitel, J.M. & Miller, T.E. (2003) Dispersal rates affect species composition in
metacommunities of Sarracenia purpurea inquilines. The American Naturalist, 162, 165–
171.
LeCraw, R.M., Srivastava, D.S. & Romero, G.Q. (2014) Metacommunity size influences aquatic
community composition in a natural mesocosm landscape. Oikos, 123, 903–911.
Leibold, M. a., Holyoak, M., Mouquet, N., Amarasekare, P., Chase, J.M., Hoopes, M.F., Holt,
R.D., Shurin, J.B., Law, R., Tilman, D., Loreau, M. & Gonzalez, a. (2004) The
metacommunity concept: a framework for multi-scale community ecology. Ecology Letters,
7, 601–613.
Levey, D.J., Bolker, B.M., Tewksbury, J.J., Sargent, S. & Haddad, N.M. (2005) Effects of
landscape corridors on seed dispersal by birds. Science, 309, 146–148.
Levins, R. & Culver, D. (1971) Regional coexistence of species and competition between rare
species. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,
68, 1246–1248.
Limberger, R. & Wickham, S.A. (2011) Predator dispersal determines the effect of connectivity
on prey diversity. PLOS ONE, 6, e29071.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
36
Löbel, S., Snäll, T. & Rydin, H. (2009) Mating system, reproduction mode and diaspore size
affect metacommunity diversity. Journal of Ecology, 97, 176–185.
Logue, J.B., Mouquet, N., Peter, H. & Hillebrand, H. (2011) Empirical approaches to
metacommunities: a review and comparison with theory. Trends in Ecology & Evolution,
26, 482–91.
Louette, G. & De Meester, L. (2005) High dispersal capacity of cladoceran zooplankton in newly
founded communities. Ecology, 86, 353–359.
MacArthur, R.H. & Wilson, E.O. (1967) The Theory of Island Biogeography (ed RH
MacArthur). Princeton University Press.
Matthiessen, B. & Hillebrand, H. (2006) Dispersal frequency affects local biomass production by
controlling local diversity. Ecology Letters, 9, 652–62.
Matthiessen, B., Mielke, E. & Sommer, U. (2010) Dispersal decreases diversity in heterogeneous
metacommunities by enhancing regional competition. Ecology, 91, 2022–2033.
Meynard, C.N., Lavergne, S., Boulangeat, I., Garraud, L., Van Es, J., Mouquet, N. & Thuiller,
W. (2013) Disentangling the drivers of metacommunity structure across spatial scales.
Journal of Biogeography, 40, 1560–1571.
Mouquet, N. & Loreau, M. (2003) Community patterns in source-sink metacommunities. The
American Naturalist, 162, 544–557.
Muller-Landau, H.C. (2003) Seeds of understanding of plant diversity. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 100, 1469–71.
Muller-Landau, H.C., Wright, S.J., Calderón, O., Condit, R. & Hubbell, S.P. (2008) Interspecific
variation in primary seed dispersal in a tropical forest. Journal of Ecology, 96, 653–667.
Nathan, R., Getz, W.M., Revilla, E., Holyoak, M., Kadmon, R., Saltz, D. & Smouse, P.E. (2008)
A movement ecology paradigm for unifying organismal movement research. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 105, 19052–19059.
Nathan, R. & Muller-Landau, H. (2000) Spatial patterns of seed dispersal, their determinants and
consequences for recruitment. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 15, 278–285.
Oaten, D.K. & Larsen, K.W. (2008) Stand characteristics of three forest types within the dry
interior forests of British Columbia, Canada: Implications for biodiversity. Forest Ecology
and Management, 256, 114–120.
Pillai, P., Gonzalez, A. & Loreau, M. (2011) Metacommunity theory explains the emergence of
food web complexity. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 108, 19293–8.
CHAPTER 2: DISPERSAL MODE & METACOMMUNITY DIVERSITY
37
Schluter, D. (1984) A variance test for detecting species associations, with some example
applications. Ecology, 65, 998–1005.
Simberloff, D.S. & Wilson, E.O. (1970) Experimental zoogeography of islands: a two-year
record of colonization. Ecology, 51, 934–937.
Soons, M.B., Nathan, R. & Katul, G.G. (2004) Human effects on long-distance wind dispersal
and colonization by grassland plants. Ecology, 85, 3069–3079.
Thomson, F.J., Moles, A.T., Auld, T.D. & Kingsford, R.T. (2011) Seed dispersal distance is
more strongly correlated with plant height than with seed mass. Journal of Ecology, 99,
1299–1307.
Ulrich, W. & Gotelli, N.J. (2010) Null model analysis of species associations using abundance
data. Ecology, 91, 3384–3397.
Vanschoenwinkel, B., Buschke, F. & Brendonck, L. (2013) Disturbance regime alters the impact
of dispersal on alpha and beta diversity in a natural metacommunity. Ecology, 94, 2547–
2557.
Warren, P.H. (1996) The effects of between-habitat dispersal rate on protist communities and
metacommunities in microcosms at two spatial scales. Oecologia, 105, 132–140.
Wilson, D. (1992) Complex interactions in metacommunities, with implications for biodiversity
and higher levels of selection. Ecology, 73, 1984–2000.
38
Chapter 3
Are species larger at high latitudes? Testing latitude-body size relationships in zooplankton
This paper in preparation to be published as: Jones, N.T., Moran J. & Gilbert, B. Are species
larger at high latitudes? Testing latitude-body size relationships in zooplankton.
Abstract
According to classic ecological rules, mean body size within and among species increases with
lower temperatures, creating a gradient of increasing body size with increasing latitude. Short-
term experimental evidence appears to support this prediction for zooplankton, as they
commonly decrease in size in warmer waters. However, latitudinal body size patterns remain
unclear for many ectothermic animals, but need to be clarified in order to understand long-term
effects of temperature on body size. We examined how body size within and among freshwater
aquatic zooplankton species changes with latitude by measuring the body size of crustacean
zooplankton communities (Cladocera and Copepoda) from 19 freshwater lakes that are spread
across an 1800 km gradient from southern British Columbia to the Yukon Territory. We found
weak evidence that body size is associated with latitude, and no evidence that suggests there is a
consistent trend in body size across species. When examining body size within species, we found
a significant effect of latitude for only three species, with two species showing significant
increases in size with latitude, and one species showing a marginal decrease. The overall null
result for within-species trends was not due to low power – species that occurred more frequently
had smaller confidence intervals but estimates that were much closer to zero. When examining
body size among species, we also found no trend for the mean community body size with respect
to latitude, regardless if body size was weighted by local abundance or simply averaged across
species. Additional environmental variables impacted the body size of a subset of species, but
similar to latitude, the overall effects were variable, and including these variables in our analysis
did not change the overall relationship between body size and latitude. Our results are consistent
with previous research investigating the body size patterns of insects, and indicate that latitude-
body size relationships cannot be consistently applied to ectothermic organisms. When
considered in relation to results of short-term experimental studies, our findings suggest that the
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
39
effects of climate change on the body size of zooplankton communities will be difficult to
predict and may show different short- and long-term trends.
Introduction
Differences in body size, both within and among species, have long fascinated biologists
(Schmidt-Nielsen 1984; Peters 1986). The body size of organisms is often associated with
latitude and temperature (Gillooly and Dodson 2012) and contemporary temperature increases
with climate change have renewed interest in temperature-body size relationships (Millien et al.
2006; Teplitsky et al. 2008). The effect of temperature on body size is particularly relevant for
ectotherms as temperature directly modifies development time and fitness for those organisms
(Atkinson 1994; Gillooly et al. 2001). Body size also has important implications for many
ecological processes, including energy requirements for population maintenance, competitive
asymmetries, and predator-prey dynamics (Yodzis & Innes 1992). Despite the increase in studies
examining latitude-body size relationships (e.g., Rypel 2014), high variation in the association
between body size and latitude for ectotherms indicates that additional studies are necessary to
clarify how the relationship manifests in diverse taxa (Shelomi 2012).
Three ecological rules attempt to explain geographic patterns of inter- and intra-specific body
size. Associations between geography and body size were first formalized by Bergmann (1847)
who observed the ecogeographical pattern of larger species being found in cooler regions,
whereas warm climates contain relatively small species, this pattern is now referred to as
“Bergmann’s rule” (translated in Mayr 1956 and James 1970). Over time, Bergmann’s rule has
been extended to explain interspecific (Blackburn, Gaston & Loder 1999) and intraspecific
(James’s rule; James 1970) differences in body size across a climatic gradient; with body size
generally increasing among species and populations at high latitudes where colder temperatures
prevail. Some scholars argue that Bergmann originally created the rule to explain size differences
in endotherms (although there is debate on this; Rensch 1938, Geist 1987, Watt et al. 2010), but
more recently additional efforts have been made to explain body size variation in ectotherms
across broad biogeographic gradients (e.g. Berke et al. 2013).
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
40
Experimental research has often supported the underlying link between higher temperatures and
smaller body size. For example, syntheses of experiments found empirical evidence that was
consistent with Bergmann’s hypothesis by demonstrating that individuals reared at higher
temperatures were usually smaller than individuals reared at low temperatures (Atkinson 1994;
Forster, Hirst & Atkinson 2012). This finding is more generally referred to as the “Temperature-
Size rule”, and appears to be particularly important in aquatic ecosystems (Forster et al. 2012).
The effect of temperature on body size may be direct or indirect. Temperature directly speeds up
metabolic rates (Gillooly et al. 2001; Brown et al. 2004), with higher temperatures causing
juveniles to reach adulthood faster, but this accelerated maturation comes with the cost of a
reduction in body size. This smaller body size has been hypothesized to be adaptive because it
may be thermally advantageous in a warmer climate, as smaller size provides a greater amount of
surface area relative to total body volume, which facilitates heat loss at high temperatures (Mayr
1956; Meiri 2011). Temperature may also have an indirect effect through oxygen availability in
aquatic ecosystems, where a greater surface area to volume ratio can aid uptake in warmer waters
that contain less available oxygen (Forster et al. 2012). Temperature can also indirectly affect
body size through its influence on food availability and predation risk (Gliwicz 1990; DeLong &
Hanson 2011; Gilbert et al. 2014; DeLong et al. 2015). The large array of temperature-dependent
factors that can influence body size has led to considerable debate about the mechanisms driving
the biogeographical patterns of body size (Blackburn et al. 1999; Watt et al. 2010). Regardless of
the underlying mechanism(s) driving body size-temperature relationships, theory and
experimental research suggest that temperature should have an important effect on body size.
The strength of support for Bergmann’s rule appears to depend on the life-history characteristics
of the organism. Many studies of homeotherms have documented a positive relationship between
body size and latitude. For example, the majority of studies on mammals (up to 65%) have
concluded that body size increases with latitude (Blackburn & Hawkins 2004) and meta-analyses
examining Bergmann’s rule in birds also tend to support the theory (Ashton 2002; Meiri &
Dayan 2003). On the other hand, studies of ectotherms provide less evidence for positive latitude
body-size clines (Blackburn et al. 1999). For example, poikilothermic groups such as turtles,
have been shown to increase in body size as latitude increases, while other groups such as fishes,
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
41
lizards and snakes exhibit reverse Bergmann clines (Ashton & Feldman 2003). Insects vary
strongly in their tendency to support Bergmann’s predictions, displaying a diversity of body-size
latitude relationships (Shelomi 2012). Research on latitudinal patterns in body size of freshwater
cladocerans has shown a different pattern altogether, with one study showing body size declining
north and south of 60° latitude (Gillooly & Dodson 2000), and another showing weak or non-
existent trends (Havens et al. 2014). However, in many instances this research has been
criticized for methodological concerns, such as examining mean interspecific trends (e.g.,
Gillooly & Dodson 2000; Havens et al. 2014), while failing to account for intraspecific
differences in body size (Shelomi 2012).
In this paper, we investigate latitudinal patterns in zooplankton body size across a latitudinal
gradient in western Canada. Latitudinal gradients offer a convenient proxy for temperature, as
temperature, in the lakes we sampled and more generally, is negatively correlated with
increasing latitude (Fig. S3.1). We collected freshwater crustacean zooplankton (Cladocera and
Copepoda) from 19 lakes that span an 1800 km latitudinal gradient to ask the following
questions: 1) what is the relationship between zooplankton body size and latitude? 2) Are these
patterns consistent among species? 3) do these relationships scale to the community level? And,
4) are other lake characteristics, besides latitude and temperature, associated with zooplankton
body size? Understanding how the body size of organisms is affected by different temperatures
over latitudinal gradients may provide important insight into how organisms will respond to
elevate temperatures associated with climate change.
Materials & methods
Study species & species sampling
The 19 lakes included in this study were part of a larger sampling effort in 2011 that collected
zooplankton communities from 43 freshwater lakes (Table S3.1 and Table S3.2 in Appendix B:
Supplementary information for chapter 3) across a ~1800 km latitudinal gradient in western
Canada, ranging from southern British Columbia to the middle of the Yukon Territory. We used
the contemporary zooplankton community data from chapter 5 to select the appropriate lakes to
include in this study. We had two main selection criteria. First, to isolate intra-specific body size
patterns, we chose lakes that contained species which occurred in at least three lakes. Second,
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
42
because the primary goal of this study was to determine the relationship between body size and
latitude, we selected lakes containing species that were distributed across a latitudinal range of at
least five degrees latitude.
To control for any confounding effects of the growing season on body size, we began
sampling lakes in the southern portion of the latitudinal gradient, sampling a subset of
lakes as we moved north along the transect, and others as we returned south. Plankton
communities were collected by hauling a Wisconsin net [mouth diameter 24 cm, net
mesh 76 µm] through the water column, beginning from near the lake bottom, at the
approximate center of each lake. Two vertical plankton tows per lake were taken and
zooplankton communities were immediately preserved in 70% ethanol.
Environmental covariates
Temperature is not the only factor that affects body size. To determine if local abiotic conditions
impact the body-size latitude relationships we observed, we quantified a subset of biotic and
abiotic characteristics that can also directly and indirectly affect the body size of zooplankton
(lake depth, chlorophyll a concentration (a measure of productivity), dissolved oxygen
concentration, fish predation; Table S3.1, Table S3.3). We used a YSI 6-series multiparameter
water quality sonde (Integrated Systems & Services, Yellow Spring, OH, USA) to determine the
water temperature, chlorophyll a concentration and dissolved oxygen concentration at the time
that we sampled the zooplankton communities. We used published estimates of lake depth and
the diversity of fish communities from the literature (Anderson 1974; Lindsey et al. 1981). Due
to the limited availability of data on fish density in these lakes, we simply used the number of
fish species in a lake as a proxy for zooplankton predation, as many species of fish eat
zooplankton at some developmental stage.
Body size measurements
We combined the two plankton tows and then randomly took subsamples, measuring the first 30
adults encountered for each species in a lake. Species names follow the taxonomy of Thorp and
Covich (2010) and Sandercock and Scudder (1994). For a subset of rare species we were unable
to find thirty individuals to measure. In these cases, we scanned samples and measured as many
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
43
individuals as possible. Next, we measured zooplankton body length under a dissecting
microscope using Olympus Stream software. The body size of Cladocera was measured from the
center of the eye, to the base of the tail spine (Gliwicz 1990; Yurista & Brien 2001). For
Copepoda, we measured the length of the prosome (Breteler & Gonzalez 1988; Ban 1994).
Statistical analysis
Prior to analysis of within-species trends, we removed all individuals that could not be identified
to the species level; Ceriodaphnia, Chydorus and Diaptomus species could not be identified to
species level and were removed. We also eliminated eight species that were so uncommon that
they occurred in less than three lakes, as we could not test the slope of the relationship between
latitude and body size for these species. We note that although these removed species could not
be used for within-species trends, they were incorporated into community-level mean body size
estimates that used each lake as the unit of measurement (below).
Following these removals, our within-species data set consisted of 10 species from a total pool of
21 species that have been documented in these lakes. Body size measurements were
logarithmically transformed to minimize heteroscedasticity and meet normality assumptions.
Before conducting any species-latitude analyses, we confirmed that latitude is a good proxy for
water temperature using linear regression. We used statistical software R for all analyses (R Core
Team 2014).
We used linear mixed models to conduct a cross-species analysis that tested if zooplankton body
size is associated with latitude (lmer function in lme4 package; Bates et al. 2014). The full model
included latitude, species and their interaction as fixed effects. The individual lake and species
were included in the model as random effects to account for correlated errors. The multispecies
model indicated that the effect of latitude on body size depended on the species considered,
therefore we ran a separate mixed model for each species to isolate the species-specific effect of
latitude on body size. To generate an average slope estimate across species, we reran the analysis
with all species and latitude as a fixed effect with a random slope and intercept, as well as a
random effect for lake.
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
44
Because we observed no significant effect of latitude on body size for the majority of the species
we considered (Table 3.1; Fig. 3.1), we tested how additional environmental factors (chlorophyll
a, dissolved oxygen and lake depth) influence the average adult body size of zooplankton. We
used a similar statistical approach as described above. First, we tested if the interaction between
the environmental variable and species improved model fit (using log ratio tests). If the
interaction did improve model fit, we added that variable to a final model that included latitude.
This resulted in a final model that included latitude, depth, chlorophyll a, dissolved oxygen, fish
predation (and their interaction with species).
To test if the body size of the entire crustacean zooplankton community shifted across a
latitudinal gradient, we calculated two measures: mean community body size and mean weighted
community body size. Mean weighted community body size was calculated by multiplying the
average body size of each species by its relative abundance within a lake (data from Jones and
Gilbert 2016 in review). For (unweighted) mean community body size, each species contributed
equally to the average, regardless of its local abundance in the lake. We used linear regression to
test if the mean weighted and unweighted community body size changed with latitude. Unlike
the previous analysis, all species present in each lake ‒ regardless of the number of times they
occurred in a lake ‒ were included in the calculation of community body size.
Results
Lake water temperature declined as latitude increased (F1,16 = 12.42, P <0.0001, r2 = 0.41; Fig.
S3.1), indicating that the latitudinal gradient we sampled represents a temperature cline. The
effect of latitude on body size depended on which zooplankton species was being considered
(significant latitude*species interaction; df = 6, χ2= -162.80, P < 0.0001), and the overall slope
for all species was not different from zero (P = 0.70). When we ran separate linear mixed models
for each species, we found weak evidence that adult body size is associated with latitude. In the
majority of cases (8/10 species), latitude had no effect on the average body size of zooplankton
(Table 3.1, Fig. 3.1a, Fig. S3.2). Importantly, the two species that do display a statistically
significant body size-latitude relationship occurred in few lakes. Specifically, the copepod
species, Acanthocyclops vernalis, increased in length by an average of 14%, while the cladoceran
species, Holopedium gibberum, increased by more than 50% (Table 3.1). However, sample sizes
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
45
for these species were small, with A. vernalis occurring in four lakes and H. gibberum occurring
in only three lakes. We saw weak evidence for reverse Bergmann clines (larger body size at
lower latitude sites), with only Leptodora kindii showing a marginally non-significant trend (P =
0.068). We re-ran the analysis with lake temperature as the independent variable and found
similar relationships (Table S3.3; Fig. 3.1b), except that the effect of temperature was weaker;
only one species showed a clear trend of increasing body size at lower temperatures.
Figure 3.1 Plots of the slope (points) and 95% bootstrapped confidence intervals (lines). Lines
that do not overlap with zero are significantly associated with (a) latitude or (b) temperature.
Numbers indicate the number of lakes that the species was present.
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
46
Table 3.1 Summary of latitudinal extremes and the body size of each species given by the model fit. Body size values were back
transformed from the predicted values that were generated from the linear model on log-transformed body size. P-values less than 0.05 are
highlighted in bold, and those less than 0.1 are highlighted with italics.
Minimum Maximum
Species
Latitude
(°)
Predicted body
size (µm)
Latitude
(°)
Predicted body
size (µm)
Number of
lakes
P-value % change in
body size
Acanthocyclops vernalis 49.38 202 54.25 234 4 0.025 14
Bosmina longirostris 49.38 185 62.30 232 16 0.318 20
Cyclops scutifer 54.02 304 62.30 296 8 0.362 -3
Daphnia longiremis 49.90 338 62.30 389 10 0.439 13
Daphnia longispina 50.88 447 62.30 386 6 0.880 -16
Daphnia pulex 49.38 521 58.45 415 8 0.412 -25
Diacyclops thomasi 49.38 271 58.45 314 12 0.907 14
Diaphanosoma luechtenb. 50.02 272 54.37 482 7 0.671 44
Holopedium gibberum 49.38 210 54.37 448 3 0.001 53
Leptodora kindii 50.08 1837 54.25 1123 3 0.069 -64
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
47
The four environmental variables we considered (chlorophyll a, dissolved oxygen, lake depth,
fish diversity) all significantly improved model fit (Table 3.2). Similar to the effect of latitude on
body size, each of these variables showed significant interactions with species, and in general the
species-specific effect of each variable was idiosyncratic, with species showing positive and
negative relationships (Table 3.3). However, including these factors as covariates in the latitude
versus body size analysis did not change the overall effect of latitude. There was still no
consistent effect of latitude among species (main latitude effect P = 0.38), and the slopes for
individual species were consistent with the first analysis (correlation of estimates, r = 0.86),
although some species showed slightly stronger positive trends with latitude (e.g., H. gibberum)
and some showed stronger negative trends (e.g., Daphnia longiremis; Table S3.4).
Table 3.2 Results of log likelihood tests for the final model that includes latitude as well as
additional environmental variables that were significantly associated with zooplankton body size
in a separate linear mixed model. Table headings are: degrees of freedom (Df) and log-likelihood
ratio (LRT).
Df LRT p-value
Latitude*species 6 162.8 <0.001
Depth*species 6 75.9 <0.001
Fish richness*species 6 77.5 <0.001
Chlorophyll a*species 6 41.1 <0.001
Dissolved oxygen*species 6 111.0 <0.001
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
48
Table 3.3 The number of species that significantly increased or decreased in body size with
latitude, temperature or other environmental variables when tested in isolation.
Variable Increase Decrease
Latitude (°) 2 0
Temperature (°C) 0 1
Depth (m) 2 2
Chlorophyll a (µg/L) 0 0
Dissolved oxygen (mg/L) 1 2
Fish (n) 1 2
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
49
We also tested for evidence of a community level shift in the average body size of zooplankton.
There was no relationship between latitude and the mean body size of the entire crustacean
community. This relationship was consistent whether we considered the raw average (t = -0.39,
P= 0.71; Fig 3.2a) or weighted body size by the relative abundance of species’ (t = -0.73, P =
0.48; Fig 3.2b).
Figure 3.2 The association between latitude and the mean a) unweighted and b) weighted
zooplankton community body size. Community body size was weighted by the local abundance
of each species. Neither relationship is significant (F1,17 = 0.15, P = 0.70 and F1,17 = 0.53, P =
0.47 respectively).
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
50
Discussion
The macroecological pattern of shifts in body size with latitude is one of the most widely
accepted ecological patterns in nature, and increasingly important to understand given global
shifts in climate. The results of our study highlight that the body size patterns of aquatic
zooplankton taken from an 1800 km north-south gradient do not conform to the predictions of
Bergmann (1847), James (1970) and Atkinson (1994). Below, we discuss how our results relate
to previous work on geographic patterns in body size as well as empirical studies on temperature
and body size.
Our results revealed that shifts in body size with latitude and temperature are largely absent from
zooplankton communities that we collected, despite having a samples from lakes that ranged by
1800 km and approximately 10° C (summer surface temperature) along a north-south gradient.
This result adds to the growing number of case studies where body-size latitude associations do
not display Bergmann clines. For example, in a recent meta-analysis on insects, Shelomi (2012)
revealed idiosyncratic body-size latitude relationships, with equal support for Bergmann and
non-Bergmann clines. Similarly, temperature can have inconsistent effects on the body size of
marine zooplankton, suggesting that zooplankton body size may be more strongly affected by
other factors (Sebastian et al. 2012). These studies are consistent with our work and suggest that
the body size of zooplankton and other ectotherms may respond heterogeneously to temperature
and latitudinal changes. The idiosyncratic response of body size to latitudinal increases that we
observed suggest that latitude- body size relationships that have been observed among birds and
mammals cannot be unanimously applied to ectothermic organisms such as zooplankton.
Although our results are consistent with some recent studies in other taxa, they differ from work
that has explicitly considered the relationship between body size and latitude in freshwater
zooplankton (e.g., Beaver et al. 2014). For example, Gillooly & Dodson (2000) amassed an
impressive cladoceran body-size dataset, from over 1100 western lakes that spanned Southern
and Northern hemispheres, and observed a striking increase in body size from tropical to
temperature regions. Differences in experimental methodology are a strong candidate for
explaining the discrepancy between their study and the results presented here. In this study we
sampled fewer lakes but more extensively, capturing accurate estimates of intraspecific size
differences. In contrast, Gillooly and Dodson (2000) used published species lists to indirectly
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
51
estimate body size for many lakes and did not incorporate intraspecific variation or species
abundance within a site. Indeed, a subsequent study that used more accurate body size estimates
showed weak or no support for Bergmann’s Rule, depending on the taxa considered (Havens et
al. 2014). The different results obtained by these studies and our own indicate that more detailed
measurements at the lake level can alter support for correlations between latitude and body size.
A common concern with analyses that fail to support a hypothesis is that the analysis is not
powerful enough, or that important covariates were not considered. The results from our initial
analysis, and follow-up analyses, suggest that these concerns are not likely to account for the null
results that we observed. For example, species that showed the largest (positive and negative)
changes in body size with latitude were those that had the smallest sample sizes (Fig. 3.1).
Indeed, the best-sampled species had very narrow confidence intervals, but slopes that were
extremely close to zero. Similarly, after accounting for potential covariates of body size, the
overall effect of latitude on body size was still not significant (P = 0.38), and we saw that
changes in the slope or standard error of the slope resulted in more positive and negative
relationships. In other words, accounting for covariates did not change support for a common
latitude-body size relationship within species.
Each of the environmental variables that we considered as covariates appears to be about as
important as latitude for zooplankton body size (Table 3.3), at least in our system. While it is
impossible to know with certainty what mechanism(s) drive body size in the lakes we
considered, factors beyond temperature have been hypothesized to be important (Atkinson 1995,
Gardner et al. 2011). For instance, it has been suggested that food availability and predation risk
may drive changes in zooplankton body size (Gliwicz 1990, Hart and Bychek 2011). However,
consistent with recent work testing the impact of biotic and biotic forces on the body length of
zooplankton in reservoirs across the western United States, the concentration of chlorophyll a, a
proxy for resource abundance, on zooplankton body size was weak (Beaver et al. 2014). Fish
predation is associated with smaller zooplankton because fish preferentially predate on larger
individuals (Dodson & Brooks 1965), which selects for rapid development (Allan 1976). We
found some evidence that supports this hypothesis, the number of fish species decreased the
average body size of two species, however, one species showed the opposite trend (Table 3.2).
The direct and indirect effects of environmental variables are complex and likely interact; future
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
52
work that disentangles the influence of these factors could help explain deviations from
ecogeographic rules.
Our results also highlight discordance between short-term experiments and observational
biogeographic studies. Ecologists have been attempting to generate clear predictions for how
organisms will react to climate-change driven temperature increases (Gilman et al. 2010). Recent
research suggests that ectotherms will undergo a reduction in body size as a response to global
warming (Daufresne et al. 2009), a phenomenon that has been referred to as the “third universal
response to global warming”. Controlled studies that manipulate temperature and subsequently
measure body size usually find a reduction in body size at higher temperatures. For instance, a
meta-analysis of the response of aquatic ectotherms to warmer temperatures found that 90 % of
aquatic ectotherm species decreased in size at higher temperatures; specifically, this study found
that 12 out of 13 species of Crustacea reached smaller body sizes at higher temperatures
(Atkinson 1995). However, these studies normally do not differentiate between the role of
phenotypic plasticity and microevolution in generating these patters (Kingsolver & Huey 2008;
Teplitsky et al. 2008). Within a given population, larger phenotypes are frequently more fit, and
thus selection within a specific temperature regime may lead to larger individuals with time,
counteracting plastic responses (Kingsolver & Huey 2008). These different responses could
explain why communities that have been collected from nature and evolved in situ under
different thermal regimes do not support the predictions of the Temperature-Size rule etc., while
results from controlled experiments often do support these rules.
Thermal stratification and habitat partitioning in lakes may contribute to the weak evidence for
geographic clines in body size that we documented. Many of the zooplankton species in this
study are found throughout the water column. In addition, some species such as H. gibberum
have been observed to migrate within the water column during the day (Balcer, Korda & Dodson
1984), while other species such as the copepod species D. thomasi and C. scutifer, tend to be
found deeper in the water column below the thermocline, where temperatures are low throughout
the growing season (Elgmork 1967). Because the zooplankton community integrates individuals
from throughout the water column, associations between temperature and body size may be
particularly weak in this these taxa. More generally, thermally stratified lakes are one example of
a habitat that allows species to maintain thermal conditions that are distinct from the surrounding
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
53
environment, and thus may provide opportunities for species to avoid typical temperature
constraints.
In conclusion, the lack of response of zooplankton body size to latitudinal changes that we
observed support a growing number of studies that show Bergmann’s rule cannot explain
zooplankton patterns of body size across latitudinal gradients. The different conclusions of
controlled experiments and observational studies of body size patterns in nature suggest that it
may be difficult to predict how body size of crustacean zooplankton will respond to global
warming.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank Veronica Jones for field assistance and NSERC (B.G., Discovery Grant)
as well as Ontario Graduate Scholarships (N.T.J.) for funding.
Literature cited
Allan, J.D. (1976) Life history patterns in zooplankton. The American Naturalist, 110, 165–180.
Anderson, R.S. (1974) Crustacean plankton communities of 340 lakes and ponds in and near the
National Parks of the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Journal of Fisheries Research of Board
Canada, 31, 855–869.
Ashton, K.G. (2002) Patterns of within-species body size variation of birds: strong evidence for
Bergmann’s rule. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 11, 505–523.
Ashton, K.G. & Feldman, C.R. (2003) Bergmann’s rule in nonavian reptiles: turtles follow it,
lizards and snakes reverse it. Evolution, 57, 1151–63.
Atkinson, D. (1994) Temperature and organism size- a biological law for ectotherms? Advances
in Ecological Research, 25, 1–58.
Balcer, M.D., Korda, N.L. & Dodson, S.I. (1984) Zooplankton of the Great Lakes: A Guide to
the Identification and Ecology of the Common Crustacean Species. University of
Wisconson Press, Madison.
Ban, S.H. (1994) Effect of temperature and food concentration on postembryonic development,
egg-production and adult body-size of calanoid copepod Eurytemora affinis. Journal of
Plankton Research, 16, 721–735.
Bates, D., Maechler, M., Bolker, B. & Walker, S. (2014) lme4: Linear mixed-effects models
using Eigen and S4.
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
54
Beaver, J.R., Tausz, C.E., Renicker, T.R., Holdren, G.C., Hosler, D.M., Manis, E.E., Scotese,
K.C., Teacher, C.E., Vitanye, B.T. & Davidson, R.M. (2014) The late summer crustacean
zooplankton in western U.S.A reservoirs reflects ecoregion, temperature and latitude.
Freshwater Biology, 59, 1173–1186.
Berke, S.K., Jablonski, D., Krug, A.Z., Roy, K. & Tomasovych, A. (2013) Beyond Bergmann’s
rule: size-latitude relationships in marine Bivalvia world-wide. Global Ecology and
Biogeography, 22, 173–183.
Blackburn, T.M., Gaston, K.J. & Loder, N. (1999) Geographic gradients in body size: a
clarification of Bergmann’s rule. Diversity and Distributions, 5, 165–174.
Blackburn, T.M. & Hawkins, B.A. (2004) Bergmann’s rule and the mammal Fauna of northern
North America. Ecography, 27.
Breteler, W.C.M.K. & Gonzalez, S.R. (1988) Influence of temperature and food concentration on
body size, weight and lipid content of two Calanoid copepod species. Hydrobiologia, 167-
168, 201–210.
Brown, J., Gillooly, J., Allen, A., Savage, V. & West, G. (2004) Toward a metabolic theory of
ecology. Ecology, 85, 1771–1789.
DeLong, J.P., Gilbert, B., Shurin, J.B., Savage, V.M., Barton, B.T., Clements, C.F., Dell, A.I.,
Greig, H.S., Harley, C.D.G., Kratina, P., McCann, K.S., Tunney, T.D., Vasseur, D. a. &
O’Connor, M.I. (2015) The Body Size Dependence of Trophic Cascades. The American
Naturalist, 185, 354–366.
DeLong, J.P. & Hanson, D.T. (2011) Warming alters density dependence, energetic fluxes, and
population size in a model algae. Ecological Complexity, 8, 320–325.
Dodson, S.I. & Brooks, J.L. (1965) Predation , body size , and composition of plankton. Science,
150, 28–35.
Elgmork, K. (1967) On the distribution and ecology of Cyclops scutifer sars in New England
(Copepoda, Crustacea). Ecology, 48, 967–971.
Forster, J., Hirst, A.G. & Atkinson, D. (2012) Warming-induced reductions in body size are
greater in aquatic than terrestrial species. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences
of the United States of America, 109, 19310–4.
Geist, V. (1987) Bergmann’s rule is invalid. Canadian Journal of Zoology, 65, 1035–1038.
Gilbert, B., Tunney, T.D., McCann, K.S., DeLong, J.P., Vasseur, D. a., Savage, V., Shurin, J.B.,
Dell, A.I., Barton, B.T., Harley, C.D.G., Kharouba, H.M., Kratina, P., Blanchard, J.L.,
Clements, C., Winder, M., Greig, H.S. & O’Connor, M.I. (2014) A bioenergetic framework
for the temperature dependence of trophic interactions (ed T Wootton). Ecology Letters, 17,
902–914.
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
55
Gillooly, J.F., Brown, J.H., West, G.B., Savage, V.M. & Charnov, E.L. (2001) Effects of size
and temperature on metabolic rate. Science, 293, 2248–2251.
Gillooly, J.F. & Dodson, S.I. (2000) Latitudinal patterns in the size distribution and seasonal
dynamics of new world, freshwater cladocerans. Limnology and Oceanography, 45, 22–30.
Gilman, S.E., Urban, M.C., Tewksbury, J., Gilchrist, G.W. & Holt, R.D. (2010) A framework for
community interactions under climate change. Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 25, 325–
331.
Gliwicz, Z.M. (1990) Food thresholds and body size in cladocerans. Nature, 343, 638–640.
Havens, K.E., Pinto-Coelho, R.M., Beklioğlu, M., Christoffersen, K.S., Jeppesen, E., Lauridsen,
T.L., Mazumder, A., Méthot, G., Alloul, B.P., Tavşanoğlu, U.N., Erdoğan, Ş. & Vijverberg,
J. (2014) Temperature effects on body size of freshwater crustacean zooplankton from
Greenland to the tropics. Hydrobiologia, 743, 27–35.
James, F.C. (1970) Geographic size variation in birds and its relationship to climate. Ecology, 51,
365–390.
Kingsolver, J.G. & Huey, R.B. (2008) Size, temperature, and fitness: three rules. Evolutionary
Ecology Research, 10, 251–268.
Lindsey, C.C., Patalas, K., Bodaly, R.A. & Archibald, C.P. (1981) Glaciation and the physical,
chemical, and biological limnology of Yukon lakes. Canadian Technical Report of
Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 996, 1–37.
Mayr, E. (1956) Geographical character gradients and climatic adaptation. Evolution, 10, 105–
108.
Meiri, S. (2011) Bergmann’s Rule - what's in a name? Global Ecology and Biogeography, 20,
203–207.
Meiri, S. & Dayan, T. (2003) On the validity of Bergmann’s rule. Journal of Biogeography, 30,
331–351.
Millien, V., Kathleen Lyons, S., Olson, L., Smith, F.A., Wilson, A.B. & Yom-Tov, Y. (2006)
Ecotypic variation in the context of global climate change: revisiting the rules. Ecology
Letters, 9, 853–69.
Peters, R.H. (1986) The Ecological Implications of Body Size. Cambridge University Press.
Rensch, B. (1938) Some problems of geographical variation and species-formation. Linnean
Society of London, 150, 275–285.
Rypel, A.L. (2014) The cold-water connection: Bergmann’s rule in North American freshwater
fishes. The American Naturalist, 183, 147–56.
Sandercock, G.A. & Scudder, G.G.. (1994) An Introduction and Key to the Freshwater Calanoid
CHAPTER 3: BODY-SIZE LATITUDE RELATIONSHIPS
56
Copepods (crustacea ) of British Columbia. Vancouver.Schmidt-Nielsen, K. (1984) Scaling:
Why Is Animal Size so Important? Cambridge University Press.
Sebastian, P., Stibor, H., Berger, S. & Diehl, S. (2012) Effects of water temperature and mixed
layer depth on zooplankton body size. Marine Biology, 2431–2440.
Shelomi, M. (2012) Where are we now? Bergmann’s rule sensu lato in insects. The American
Naturalist, 180, 511–519.
Teplitsky, C., Mills, J.A., Alho, J.S., Yarrall, J.W. & Merilä, J. (2008) Bergmann’s rule and
climate change revisited: disentangling environmental and genetic responses in a wild bird
population. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of
America, 105, 13492–6.
Thorp, J.H. & Covich, A.P. (2010) Ecology and Classification Od North American Freshwater
Invertebrates, Third (eds JH Thorp and AP Covich). Elsevier, London.
Watt, C., Mitchell, S. & Salewski, V. (2010) Bergmann’s rule; a concept cluster? Oikos, 119,
89–100.
Yodzis, P. & Innes, S. (1992) Body Size and Consumer-Resource Dynamics. The American
Naturalist, 139, 1151.
Yurista, M. & Brien, W.J.O. (2001) Growth , survivorship and reproduction of Daphnia
middendorffiana in several Arctic lakes and ponds. Journal of Plankton Research, 23, 733–
744.
57
Chapter 4
Changing climate cues differentially alter zooplankton dormancy dynamics across latitude
This paper is published as: Jones, N.T. & Gilbert, B. (2016) Changing climate cues differentially
alter zooplankton dormancy dynamics across latitudes. The Journal of Animal Ecology, 85, 559–
569.
Abstract
In seasonal climates, dormancy is a common strategy that structures biodiversity and is necessary
for the persistence of many species. Climate change will likely alter dormancy dynamics in
zooplankton, the basis of aquatic food webs, by altering two important hatching cues: mean
temperatures during the ice-free season, and mean day length when lakes become ice free.
Theory suggests that these changes could alter diversity, hatchling abundances and phenology
within lakes, and that these responses may diverge across latitudes due to differences in optimal
hatching cues and strategies. To examine the role of temperature and day length on hatching
dynamics, we collected sediment from 25 lakes across a 1800 km latitudinal gradient and
exposed sediment samples to a factorial combination of two photoperiods (12 and 16 hours) and
two temperatures (8ºC and 12 ºC) representative of historical southern (short photoperiod, warm)
and northern (long photoperiod, cool) lake conditions. We tested whether sensitivity to these
hatching cues varies by latitudinal origin and differs among taxa. Higher temperatures advanced
phenology for all taxa, and these advances were greatest for cladocerans followed by copepods
and rotifers. Although phenology differed among taxa, the effect of temperature did not vary
with latitude. The latitudinal origin of the egg bank influenced egg abundance and hatchling
abundance and diversity, with these latter effects varying with taxon, temperature and
photoperiod. Copepod hatchling abundances peaked at mid latitudes in the high temperature and
long photoperiod treatments, whereas hatchling abundances of other zooplankton were greatest
at low latitudes and high temperature. The overall diversity of crustacean zooplankton (copepods
and cladocerans) also reflected distinct responses of each taxon to our treatments, with the
greatest diversity occurring at mid latitudes (~56° N) in the shorter photoperiod treatment. Our
results demonstrate that hatching cues differ for broad taxonomic groups that vary in
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
58
developmental and life-history strategies. These differences are predicted to drive latitude-
specific shifts in zooplankton emergence with climate change, and could alter the base of aquatic
food webs.
Introduction
Dormancy is a common strategy that is essential to the persistence of many species in seasonal
climates and has the potential to be strongly impacted by climate change (Hance et al. 2007;
Williams, Henry & Sinclair 2015). Both the onset and termination of dormancy depend on
environmental cues, with many species from diverse taxa responding to climatic conditions such
as temperature and precipitation (Vandekerkhove et al. 2005; Hance et al. 2007; Levine,
Mceachern & Cowan 2008). Despite the importance of dormancy for community assembly and
ecological dynamics generally (Hairston & Kearns 1995; Ellner et al. 1999; McNamara &
Houston 2008), there has been relatively little research on the impacts of climate on dormancy
dynamics for many taxa, and the work that has been done has often been too localized to allow
for the general predictions needed when planning for climate change (Hairston 1996; Dupuis &
Hann 2009; Angeler 2011).
Zooplankton are numerically and functionally dominant animals that form the basis of aquatic
food webs, with taxa performing different roles within lake ecosystems (Barnett, Finlay &
Beisner 2007). Although dormancy is a critical part of the annual life cycle of most zooplankton
species (Varpe 2012), biogeographic trends in zooplankton dormancy dynamics, and their
climatic underpinnings, are not understood. Nonetheless, most zooplankton species are sensitive
to environmental cues that alter their hatching dynamics, and as a result may be particularly
sensitive to climate change. Shifts in the timing, abundance or diversity of species that hatch as
climate cues shift could scale up to impact the functioning and trophic structure of aquatic
ecosystems (Winder & Schindler 2004; Woodward, Perkins & Brown 2010; Dossena et al.
2012).
In freshwater lakes, climate change is altering cues that terminate zooplankton dormancy by
changing the timing of ice-free conditions in spring and average spring temperatures (IPCC
2013). In temperate and polar aquatic ecosystems, water temperature and photoperiod are
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
59
considered the primary cues for terminating zooplankton dormancy (Stross 1966; Sorgeloos
1973; May 1987; De Stasio 2004). Many zooplankton have long-term dormancy strategies,
where some proportion of eggs hatch in a given year and the remainder lay dormant, potentially
hatching in subsequent years (Cáceres & Tessier 2003). Despite some overwintering under lake
ice (e.g., Vanderploeg et al. 1992), most species produce eggs in the fall that hatch somewhat
synchronously in the spring as day length and temperature increase (Hairston, Hansen &
Schaffner 2000; but see De Stasio, 1990), producing a seasonal succession in the taxa that appear
(Hutchinson 1967).
A major challenge to predicting the impact of climate change on dormancy dynamics within
ecological communities is that hatching rates, or termination of dormancy, are likely to differ
across latitudes, even for similar taxa (Posledovich et al. 2015). In regions where active
individuals fail to reproduce in some years, species are predicted to have lower average hatching
rates (Cohen 1966; Levins 1969; Ellner 1985). As a result, the prevalence of dormancy has been
shown to increase towards the poles in some taxa, such as plants and insects, because high
seasonal variation and short growing seasons have selected for dormancy (Mousseau & Roff
1989; Molina-Montenegro & Naya 2012). This “temporal dispersal” strategy, referred to as bet-
hedging in the evolutionary literature (e.g. Venable 2007), and storage in literature on species
coexistence (e.g., Chesson 1994), maintains long term persistence by decreasing the mean and
variability of population growth among years (Slatkin 1974; Ellner 1985).
In addition to a gradient in hatching rates across latitudes, strong selection for high latitude
species to emerge and reproduce in a short growing season may result in a gradient of sensitivity
to the cues that break dormancy (Conover, Duffy & Hice 2009); the importance of fast
emergence from dormancy may be reduced in lower latitude regions with longer growing
seasons (Masaki 1961). As a result, conditions that are typical of an ideal spring (warm
temperatures during a short photoperiod), may elicit higher and faster hatching rates in northern
compared with southern lakes. More generally, the interplay among latitude, long-term
dormancy and phenology is expected to lead to latitudinal differences in hatching rates and cues
that correspond to differences in species’ traits (species sorting, e.g., Whittaker 1975) as well as
differences among populations of widespread species (local adaptation; e.g., Kawecki & Ebert
2004).
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
60
A second challenge to predicting the effects of climate on dormancy lies in determining whether
co-occurring taxa have qualitatively similar responses to changing climatic cues. When most
species in a community are limited by similar environmental constraints, responses to climatic
cues should be similar, as has been seen for some annual plants (Elmendorf & Harrison 2009).
However, the major zooplankton taxa have very different rates of development (Gillooly 2000),
minimum sizes at which reproduction occurs (Geller 1987; Maier 1994), and reproductive modes
and, as a result, rates of reproduction (Allan 1976). These differences may lead to a systematic
divergence in responses to the climatic cues that terminate dormancy, with smaller taxa being
more responsive to temperature (Winder & Schindler 2004; Adrian, Wilhelm & Gerten 2006). In
addition, species that have dormant stages may coexist by specializing on environmental
conditions that occur in only some years (via the storage effect; Chesson 1994). Indeed, the
sensitivity of zooplankton to hatching cues can differ at several taxonomic levels, from broad
zooplankton taxa (copepods, cladocerans and rotifers), to co-occurring species within lakes (e.g.,
Dupuis & Hann 2009). However, much of the literature on hatching dynamics has focused on
subsets of the diversity within a lake by examining a single species or taxon at a time.
Despite the potential for different responses to cues that end dormancy across latitudes and
among taxa, aquatic studies have yet to incorporate this complexity into studies of plankton
dormancy dynamics to understand the effects of current and changing climatic conditions. Prior
research has mainly focused on assessing dormancy dynamics in a small number of lakes within
a region (e.g., Arnott & Yan 2002) or has combined lake samples into regional mixtures
(e.g.,Vandekerkhove et al. 2005), precluding an analysis of latitudinal variation in hatching
dynamics.
In this study, we determine how temperature and day length impact dormancy dynamics of
freshwater zooplankton that differ in latitudinal origin. We collected sediment containing ‘egg
banks’ from 25 lakes across an 1800 km latitudinal gradient and exposed a subsample of the
sediment from each lake to a factorial treatment of high and low temperature crossed with long
and short photoperiod. By assessing the effects of temperature and photoperiod on hatching
abundance, diversity and phenology within each lake, we were able to test how these climatic
cues drive biotic responses of taxa that co-occur across a latitudinal gradient. Based on the
ecological and evolutionary factors considered above, we predicted that: 1) at higher latitudes,
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
61
the density of eggs in the egg bank will increase, while under typical spring conditions the
abundance of hatchlings will decrease at higher latitudes because selection for dormancy is
higher in northern regions; 2) high temperatures will advance hatching phenology, and this
advance will be greatest for small-bodied taxa; 3) conditions suggestive of a good, early season
(warm temperature and short photoperiod) will generate the greatest abundance of hatchlings in
northern lakes, because the ability to capitalize on favorable conditions is essential for
persistence in those regions; and, 4) conditions typical of a late season (long days coupled with
high temperature) will decrease hatchling abundance and diversity, and this effect will be
strongest in northern lakes because they typically experience short growing seasons.
Materials & methods
Sample collection & experimental design
We collected sediment samples from 25 lakes along an 1800 km latitudinal gradient that ranged
from southern British Columbia to the mid-latitude Yukon Territory in Canada in July 2011 (Fig.
4.1). The pelagic zooplankton community of these lakes had been previously characterized in the
1960s and 1970s (Lindsey et al. 1981; Patalas, Patalas & Salki 1994) and were again
characterized in 2011 (Jones unpublished). Chemical and physical properties of lakes were also
characterized in earlier studies, and were used to select lakes that showed no latitudinal patterns
in these properties (Table S3.1 and Table S3.2 in Appendix B: Supplementary information for
chapter 3; Fig. S4.1 in Appendix C: Supplementary information for chapter 4).
We used a 15” x 15” x 15”cm Eckman dredge to collect the top 5 centimeters of the sediment
from nearshore areas, from a maximum depth of 20 m if shallower samples could not be
collected (2 samples per lake which were combined). Most hatching occurs in nearshore
environments (De Stasio, 1989; but see Hairston et al., 2000), which are characterized by higher
temperatures and light levels as well as more substantial mixing events (Hairston & Kearns
2002). Eggs that settle in the deeper parts of the lake require mixing events to re-suspend and
transport them to the sediment surface in shallower nearshore waters (Kerfoot et al. 2004).
Previous work investigating egg viability through time has provided mixed results; some studies
show that egg quality declines with age (e.g.,Weider et al., 1997), while others have found that
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
62
viability is maintained through time for decades to hundreds of years (e.g., Cousyn & Meester
1998). Our collection was designed to maximize egg collection by targeting depths where eggs
settle but would still be likely to re-suspend through mixing events. Because our sampling was
consistent across lakes, and eggs from deeper waters can hatch when incubated under nearshore
conditions (Cáceres & Tessier 2003), we expect our results to reflect general trends.
Figure 4.1 Map displaying the location of the 25 lakes in western Canada that were sampled for
sediment in July 2011.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
63
The collected sediment was packaged in black whirlpak bags to eliminate light then stored in the
dark at 4º C in a refrigerator (to simulate the conditions of a lake bottom to maintain dormancy)
until the experiments were initiated in 2012. We determined the density of copepod, cladoceran
and rotifer eggs using the sugar floatation method on a 100g subsample of sediment (Marcus
1990). We identified different types of eggs by morphology and counted the eggs of cladocerans
(eggs within undamaged, unopened ephippia), rotifers and copepods. Cyclopoid copepods
diapause as juveniles (Ferrari & Dahms 2007), therefore our egg counts of copepods refer to the
density of calanoid eggs only.
To mimic spring conditions when the bulk of hatching occurs (Hutchinson 1967; Hairston et al.
2000), we compiled thaw dates for our focal lakes using national (Polar Data Catalogue) and
international (The National Snow and Ice Data Center) databases. We determined average ice
thaw dates by converting annual thaw dates into Julian dates and taking the average from 1971-
2000. The average day length and air temperature for that month was recorded to determine
appropriate treatments. We were unable to collect this information for all lakes, but had data for
lakes across our entire gradient and used typical conditions from northern and southern lakes for
our treatments (Table S4.1).
Our experimental treatments were designed to simulate a nearshore aquatic environment, as the
majority of spring hatching occurs in the littoral zone for freshwater crustaceans (Cáceres &
Schwalbach 2001; Cáceres & Tessier 2003). Our experiment crossed temperature (two levels; 8
ºC and 12ºC) and light (16 hours and 12 hours), which represent the approximate mean spring
temperatures and photoperiods at the northern limit and southern limit respectively. We
conducted the experiment in a growth chamber, by setting up 10 racks that each had a single
photoperiod treatment. Within these treatments, we randomized the placement of 20 water baths
(each bath was 76” x 56” x 27”cm), with water baths randomly assigned to racks and equally
divided between two temperatures. We then placed egg banks from five lakes inside each bath,
with the egg banks housed in their own 7-litre aquaria (Fig. S4.2; Table S4.2). Thus, the
treatment combination was nested in bath and rack, which we account for using a mixed model
(below). We used submersible heaters to increase water temperature and water pumps to
circulate water within each bath. We enclosed each rack with shade cloth to eliminate
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
64
surrounding light. After 12 hours, lights in the short-day treatment would turn off, while the 16
hour photoperiod treatment would receive light for an additional four hours. For each lake, we
divided the sediment into four samples of 75 grams, and randomly assigned each sample to a
temperature by light treatment (temperature x light x 25 lakes = 100 experimental units; Fig.
S4.2; Table S4.2). By incorporating the lake as a random effect we were able to account for the
lack of independence among treatments (see data analyses section). However, because each lake
was exposed to each treatment combination only once, we do not have an estimate of error for
each lake within a treatment. The sediment layer was spread evenly to < 1 cm thick across the
aquarium, such that all eggs were close enough to the sediment surface to experience treatment
conditions.
To create a suitable environment for zooplankton, aquaria were filled with four litres of fresh
artificial Daphnia medium (ADaM) and four phytoplankton species (Ankistrodesmus sp.,
Chlorella vulgaris, Scenedesmus obliqous, Pseudokirchneriella subcapitata; approximately 30 x
106 cells of each species). We replenished the ADaM and phytoplankton every 6-10 days, and
topped up the mesocosms with dechlorinated water as needed every three days.
The experiment ran for sixty days, with zooplankton collected from each aquarium every three
days. To collect zooplankton, we created polycarbonate (lexan) inserts that were the length of the
aquaria and 1 cm deep. The inserts were placed in the bottom of the aquaria prior to the initiation
of the experiment. We also created 20µm mesh filters that were designed to exactly fit the
dimensions of the aquaria. To collect the plankton that hatched, we conducted a single “sweep”
by anchoring the filter on the lexan guide rails at one end of the aquarium, then gently pushing
the filter through the water, along the length of the aquarium. This method moderately disturbed
the sediment layer, but this layer remained < 1 cm deep.
On sampling days we counted all copepods, cladocerans and rotifers. At the same time, we
identified juvenile crustaceans to the family level (cladocerans) or order level (copepods) using a
dissecting microscope. We did not identify rotifers, therefore the analysis and discussion of
zooplankton diversity refers to the crustacean community only. Crustacean zooplankton
juveniles were individually reared in 50 ml centrifuge tubes. We maintained individuals by
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
65
transferring them every 3-7 days into fresh ADaM and feeding them approximately 30 x 106
cells of a mixture of the four phytoplankton species previously described every three or four
days. Following the rearing process we identified the individuals that survived to maturity
(65%). The individuals that did not survive to maturity could only be included in the abundance
analysis as they were not identified to species or genus.
Data analyses
We used R statistical software for all analyses (R Core Team, 2014). We tested for a relationship
between latitude and the density of dormant eggs (log transformed to account for
heteroscedasticity of residuals) using a linear mixed model (lmer function in lme4 package;
Bates et al., 2014). Taxon, latitude and their interaction were included as fixed factors and lake
as a random factor.
In all analyses (egg density, phenology abundance, and diversity), we began with the most
complex model for fixed effects and dropped higher order terms if they did not significantly
improve model fit (using log likelihood ratios based on maximum likelihood) until we arrived at
a best-fit model. All random effects were kept in models, as these reflected known constraints on
sampling (i.e., a random effect for lake as each lake was used in all four treatment combinations)
and on experimental design (a random effect for bath nested within rack to account for the
nesting structure). We initially explored the effect of number of eggs on emergence dynamics.
However, egg number was not a significant predictor of abundance or diversity in any group (all
P values > 0.20), and we therefore discuss the difference in these responses qualitatively instead
of including egg number as a covariate in abundance and diversity analyses.
To test for changes in phenology, we calculated the first hatching day and the time for 50% of
individuals to hatch for each taxon (cladocerans, copepods, rotifers) in each lake over the 60 day
experiment. We fit linear mixed models with a Gaussian distribution and the same fixed factors
and random factors as described previously. A single lake, Watson, was an outlier and drove a 3
way interaction (Table S4.3 and S4.4) so we removed it from all subsequent phenology analyses.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
66
We determined how our treatments affected the number of hatchlings of copepods, cladocerans
and rotifers using generalized linear mixed models with a Poisson distribution and a log link
function. To account for a non-linear trend in the hatching rates across the latitudinal gradient,
we created a second order polynomial latitude variable (after centering latitude), which
accounted for the curvature in the data relationship. Initial models included latitude, latitude2,
temperature (8 or 12 °C), day length (16 h or 12 h), and taxon (copepod, cladocerans, rotifer),
and their interactions as fixed effects. The individual lake was included as a random effect and
the experimental water bath nested within the shelf rack was added as an additional random
effect. Zooplankton hatching was calculated as the total number of individuals that emerged over
the 60 day duration of the experiment. If we detected a significant 4th
order interaction
(temperature x photoperiod x latitude x taxon interaction), we fit the models separately for each
taxon as the scale differed among taxa by orders of magnitude.
To test how seasonal cues impact crustacean hatchling diversity across latitudes, we used a
similar statistical approach. The predictor variables for the initial full model contained latitude,
latitude2, temperature, day length, and taxon (copepod or cladoceran), and their interactions as
fixed effects, and the same random effects as in the abundance analysis. For our response
variable, we developed a ‘proportional diversity’ measure that counted the number of species
that emerged relative to the total number of species found in the lake [based on previous
standardized sampling from the lakes (Lindsey et al. 1981; Patalas et al. 1994) and samples that
we collected following the same methods in 2011 (Jones unpublished)]. The proportional
diversity approach allowed us to account for differences in species richness among the lakes,
which also shows a latitudinal trend (Fig. S4.3). Our resulting data were binomial (hatching
species/total species), and analyzed using a generalized linear mixed model with a logit link
function. As with the hatchling abundance analysis, we fit models separately for each taxon after
detecting a significant 4th
-order interaction.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
67
Results
Zooplankton eggs
We found a significant effect of taxon (F = 11.5, P < 0.0001) and latitude (F = 7.6, P = 0.010) on
the density of zooplankton resting eggs. Contrary to our prediction, the density of eggs declined
latitudinally for all taxa (no latitude x taxon interaction; F = 0.71, P = 0.50), but each taxon
differed in their average egg density at a given latitude (Fig. 4.2).
Figure 4.2 The relationship between latitude and the egg abundance of cladocerans (light grey),
copepods (dark grey) and rotifers (black). Eggs were isolated from 100 grams of lake sediment
using the sugar flotation method (see methods). Fitted lines indicate when latitude was
significant at P < 0.05.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
68
Phenology
Phenology was affected by temperature and latitude. Higher temperatures advanced the first and
median hatching day (Fig. 4.3; Table S4.3 and S4.4) for all taxa. The magnitude of the
temperature effect depended on taxon, but not in the way that we expected; the hatching of the
smallest taxon, rotifers, advanced the least (Fig. 4.3). The days to hatch was advanced the most
for cladocerans, by approximately 10 days, followed by copepods ~ 5 days and rotifers by ~ 2
days. The patterns were qualitatively similar for the first and median days to hatch, except that
rotifers took the longest to reach 50% hatching, likely due to their higher abundances. For the
first hatching day, temperature caused the order of emergence among taxa to reverse at 12°C
relative to 8°C. The time for 50% of individuals to hatch was slightly affected by latitude for
copepods (t = 2.92, P = 0.004) and rotifers (t = 2.34, P = 0.02) (Table S4.3). Day length did not
impact phenology (all P values > 0.20).
Figure 4.3 The effect of temperature (8°C; grey and 12°C; black) on the average number of days
until the first individual (‘First’; circles) and half (‘50%’; triangles) of all individuals from each
taxon hatch. Error bars represent one standard error of the mean. See Table S4.3 and S4.4 for the
model summary.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
69
Hatchling Abundances
The abundance of hatchlings of each taxon was affected differently by latitude, temperature and
photoperiod (temperature x photoperiod x latitude x taxon interaction; F = 34.30, P < 0.001). The
abundance of cladocerans that hatched varied with temperature and day length, but the effects of
these cues depended on the latitude of the lake (significant temperature x photoperiod x latitude
interaction, χ2
= 33.6, P < 0.0001; Fig. 4.4a,b; Table S4.5). Warmer conditions and long days
caused a greater number of individuals to hatch in low latitude lakes, but not in high latitude
lakes (Fig. 4.4b). In contrast, in the low temperature treatment, latitude and photoperiod had no
effect on the abundance of cladocerans that hatched (Fig. 4.4a).
For copepods, the number of individuals hatching peaked at mid-latitudes (~ 56 °N), with the
height of this peak differing by treatment (Fig. 4.4c,d); higher temperatures and longer days led
to more copepods hatching (significant third order interactions; linear = χ2
= 8.6, P = 0.0034,
non-linear = χ2
= 7.9, P= 0.005; Table S4.5).
The abundance of rotifers that hatched was greatest at low latitudes (Fig. 4.4e,f). However,
unlike the crustaceans, the greatest abundance of rotifer hatchlings occurred at the higher
temperature and shorter photoperiod treatment (Fig. 4.4f). In particular, the higher temperature
caused a large increase in rotifer hatching in the 12 hour photoperiod treatment (solid lines in
Figs. 4.4e,f), and caused a more modest increase in the 16 hour photoperiod treatment (dashed
lines in Fig. 4.4e,f; significant third order interaction, χ2
= 131.7, P < 0.0001; Table S4.5).
Together these results provide mixed support for our hypotheses that hatching will be higher at
low latitudes and that early spring conditions will increase hatching in northern lakes. Under
simulated spring conditions, hatching declined at higher latitudes for copepods and cladocerans,
however these conditions caused higher hatching for rotifers.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
70
Figure 4.4 The effect of temperature and photoperiod on the emergence of (a-b) cladocera
individuals, (c-d) copepods individuals, and (e-f) rotifera individuals that hatched from 25 lakes
across a 1800 km latitudinal gradient in western Canada. Emergence is summed by lake across
the 60 day sampling period. Data points are the abundance of hatchlings + 1. Lines are the fitted
curves for a general linear mixed model for Poisson distributed data using a log link function.
Note that the y-axes are presented on a logarithmic scale.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
71
Hatchling Diversity
In total, 406 individual crustaceans hatched from the egg banks (9 cladoceran species and 9
copepod species, Table S4.6) which represent 41% of the species documented in these lakes.
Thirty-five percent of the hatchlings did not survive to adulthood, but survival did not differ
between copepods and cladocerans (χ2 = 2.0, P = 0.16). Due to potentially confounding patterns
in crustacean diversity with latitude (Fig. S4.3), we tested for trends in relative diversity by
examining the proportion of species present in each lake that emerged – our relative diversity
measure therefore calculates the fraction of species in each lake that were both present in the egg
bank and responded to our experimental treatments.
The relative diversity of species that emerged differed between cladocerans and copepods, and
these diversity responses were distinct from abundance responses for both taxa (temperature x
photoperiod x latitude x taxon interaction; χ2
= 5.14, P = 0.0233). When all crustaceans species
were considered together, diversity showed a unimodal trend with latitude (χ2
= 5.5, P = 0.002),
with the location of the peak in diversity depending on photoperiod (significant photoperiod x
latitude interaction, χ2
= 9.4, P = 0.002; Table S4.7; Fig 4.5a,b).
Cladoceran diversity responded strongly to photoperiod and latitude, but not temperature
(photoperiod x latitude interaction, χ2
= 5.5, P = 0.02; temperature, χ2
=2.3, P = 0.13; Fig.
4.5c,d). In the longer (16 hr) photoperiod, the relative diversity of cladoceran species that
hatched was the highest at low latitudes, whereas in the shorter photoperiod treatment relative
diversity was greatest at high latitudes (Fig. 4.5 c,d).
Copepod diversity varied with temperature and day length, but the effects of these cues depended
on the latitude of the lake (significant third-order interactions; linear χ2 = 8.8, P = 0.003,
quadratic χ2 = 4.00, P = 0.046; Fig. 4.5e,f; Table S4.7). We predicted that conditions typical of a
late season (long days coupled with high temperature) would decrease the diversity of the
hatching community; however, diversity was highest at mid latitudes, with 30% or more of
species emerging when day length was short and temperatures were low. Copepod diversity was
lower in the warmer temperature treatment, with the maximum peak of approximately 20% of
species hatching (Fig. 4.5f). Interestingly, the treatment that combined long day length and low
temperatures had higher copepod diversity in lower latitudes (Fig. 4.5e).
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
72
Figure 4.5 The effect of temperature and photoperiod on the proportion of the (a-b) total
crustacean diversity, (c-d) cladoceran diversity and (e-f) copepod diversity that hatched from 25
lakes across a 1800 km latitudinal gradient in western Canada. Diversity is summed by lake
across the 60 day sampling period. Data points are the proportion of species that hatched. Lines
are the fitted curves for a general linear mixed model using a logit link function.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
73
Discussion
Our study demonstrates that several responses of zooplankton resting eggs to hatching cues
change with latitude, and that the pattern of this change differs among taxa. Our assessment of
the effects of day length and temperature on the phenology, abundance and diversity of
zooplankton communities is the first to systematically collect egg banks from across a latitudinal
gradient. In doing so, we have shown that cues associated with changing climate can have
consistent (phenology) or distinct (abundance, diversity) effects at different latitudes, indicating
that we cannot accurately predict responses to climate change without considering how these
factors interact across biologically diverse landscapes.
Contrary to our hypothesis, phenological shifts in response to temperature caused the relative
order of the first hatching to reverse for the three taxa (Fig. 4.3). At 8°C, phenological patterns
were consistent with previous research, with rotifers hatching first and cladocerans hatching last,
but rotifers showed a surprising lack of phenological response to temperature, thereby reversing
the relative order of first appearance. Our phenology results are partially consistent with field
research, which has shown that crustacean zooplankton dominating the water column in early
spring (i.e., cladocerans) are more sensitive to temperature than later successional taxa (i.e.,
copepods) (Adrian et al. 2006). It is, however, inconsistent with a meta-analysis that spanned
many species and showed that high temperatures advance phenology, but that species with the
smallest egg sizes always tend to emerge first (Gillooly & Dodson 2000b). For rotifers, our taxa
with the smallest eggs, we clearly did not see this pattern. Similarly, Winder and Schindler
(2004) used long-term monitoring of a single lake to show that rotifer populations advanced their
phenology over a 40 year period of warmer springs whereas cladocerans did not. Although we do
not have an explanation for the reversal of hatching times observed, our results suggest that
elevated spring temperatures have the potential to alter the order that zooplankton hatch in lakes.
Given the importance of phenological differences for competitive and successional dynamics,
further verification of this trend and its causes are important for aquatic ecology.
Beyond phenological changes, the effect of climate on community composition can be quantified
through two general responses: changes in abundance of specific taxa and changes in diversity.
Numeric and diversity effects are frequently considered inter-dependent as they are often
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
74
correlated in nature (via the species-accumulation curve; e.g., Ugland et al., 2003), suggesting
that higher hatching rates should translate into a greater proportion of the community emerging.
However, abundance responses appear to have been influenced by high hatching rates from a
subset of species, as our results show that copepods and cladocerans have qualitatively distinct
abundance and diversity responses (compare Fig. 4.4 and Fig. 4.5). For example, the higher
temperature increased the abundance of cladocerans in the long photoperiod treatment, but did
not impact cladoceran diversity. A similar result was found by Preston & Rusak (2010), who
showed that temperature effects manifested as a numerical response, have little impact on
diversity. However, those authors linked ice-off date with community composition and found
that spring warming reduced zooplankton density, while in our study the higher temperature
treatment generally increased hatching. Overall, this difference between numeric and diversity
responses suggests that the effects of climate change can manifest by favouring a small subset of
species and by simultaneously altering the diversity of communities.
The effects of climate cues on zooplankton hatchling diversity offers new insights into how
climate can differentially structure community dynamics across latitudinal gradients. We
expected that hatching rates would be greatest in southern latitudes, where growing seasons are
longer and climatic conditions are milder. Surprisingly, the dynamics we observed were more
complex, and could not have been predicted from a geographically and taxonomically restricted
study. In particular, cladoceran diversity was only influenced by photoperiod, with a longer
photoperiod increasing diversity at low latitudes, but decreasing diversity at high latitudes (Fig.
4.5). The reversal of the day length effect at high latitudes is consistent with our hypothesis that
northern zooplankton may experience strong selection to emerge and reproduce in a short
growing season, causing northern populations to be locally adapted to those conditions (Kawecki
& Ebert 2004; McNamara & Houston 2008). However, when we investigated the hatching
dynamics of three common species (copepods: Diaptomus sicilis and Hetercope sepentrionalis;
cladoceran: Ceriodaphnia lacustris), we did not detect evidence for local adaptation. Instead,
differences among populations of widespread species were idiosyncratic (Fig. S4.4), suggesting
that the apparent consistency with our hypothesis was due to species sorting effects. We note,
however, that our experiment is not well-suited to testing local adaptation because we have no
measure of individual fitness and no control of maternal effects; more targeted tests of local
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
75
adaptation in plankton from across latitudes would be valuable. Our results, which effectively
average the effects of climate cues over species that change along the latitudinal gradient (Patalas
et al. 1994), indicate that northern cladoceran communities respond positively to shorter days, as
is predicted when growing season is limited (Conover et al. 2009) or shorter day length
corresponds with increases in food availability (Cáceres & Schwalbach 2001).
Differential responses of taxa to climate cues also challenge simple models for community
change across latitudinal gradients. Space-for-time substitutions, which are often employed
where temporal replication is difficult, can be a powerful tool to predict community or
population level responses to climate change (Pickett 1989). If experimental temperature
responses are correlated with the temperature response across latitude in nature, then a space-for-
time substitution would capture how the community will respond to climate change (Dunne et al.
2004). Our experiment revealed that numeric and diversity responses of zooplankton to
temperature and photoperiod can differ across latitude, suggesting that we may be unable to
construct predictions for how temperature will alter community composition based on spatial
patterns of temperature responses.
An important question that arises from our study is how our findings can be generalized to
different habitats and organisms. Marine plankton, for example, differ from freshwater plankton
in that long term dormancy is less prevalent overall (Hairston & Cáceres 1996), potentially
because of the more continuous nature of the marine realm. However, the hatching of marine
zooplankton is also influenced by temperature and photoperiod (Uye, Kasahara & Onb 1979;
Preziosi & Runge 2014), but more work is needed to understand how these dynamics vary
latitudinally. In addition, extrapolating our results to latitudes beyond our sampling sites is
challenging due to the complexity of the responses we observed. Future work should extend
sampling to determine whether egg banks continue to increase at low latitudes, and assess
patterns in hatching dynamics. In most cases we see declines in hatching at the northern extreme
of the latitudinal gradient that we sampled, but species persist at (and beyond) these latitudes
(Patalas, Patalas & Salki 1994), raising questions about the nature of this latitudinal variation that
should be addressed with more detailed studies within and across species.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
76
Life-history differences among zooplankton are likely candidates for the different responses to
light and temperature that we observed, and may be generally useful for predicting responses to
changing climate cues. Cladocerans are born as miniature adults and are facultatively sexual,
reaching reproductive maturity in 5-10 days at 20°C (Geller 1987). In contrast, copepods are
obligately sexual and have a development time of 20 - 42 days at 20°C depending on species
(Maier 1994). Fast generation times and parthenogenesis cause cladocerans to have higher
growth rates than copepods (Allan 1976), and may structure differences in the successional
niches of these taxa (Adrian et al. 2006). Growing season lengths declines latitudinally
(Environment Canada 2014), and lower temperatures that are characteristic of northern lakes
slow development of all zooplankton (Gillooly 2000). This time constraint could be especially
acute for copepods because of their comparatively long development times. Moreover, when
cladocerans undergo sexual reproduction they have large egg size to adult body size ratios
compared to copepods, leading to relatively long development times for the egg stage (Gillooly
2000). This systematic difference between taxa may impose different selection pressures on the
initiation of egg development in response to environmental cues. For example, the relatively
slow development rates of sexual cladoceran eggs into juveniles may cause cladocerans to be
more strongly impacted by longer-term environmental conditions, as may be signaled by day
length.
Although we were unable to quantify rotifer diversity in our lakes, we saw that rotifer abundance
responded to temperature and that the size of this response depended on day length (Fig. 4.4).
Our results for rotifers supports previous work that used a 40 year time series to show that the
abundance of rotifers can increase in response to spring warming (Winder & Schindler 2004).
Rotifers play a critical role in lakes by acting as a food source for crustacean zooplankton
(copepods and cladocerans) and by facilitating nutrient cycling by consuming bacteria, detritus
and algae (Hutchinson 1967; Bogdan & Gilbert 1982; Arndt 1993). The strong, positive effect of
short days and high temperature on the abundance of rotifers that hatch raises the possibility that
changing climate cues could greatly increase rotifer abundances, and thus alter nutrient cycling
and the supply of food to higher trophic levels.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
77
Interestingly, the abundance and diversity responses of zooplankton were not related to the
density of eggs in lake sediment, which declined latitudinally for all taxa (Fig. 4.2). This pattern
of declining egg density may be due to the negative correlation between season length and
latitude, reducing the number of generations per growing season in the north (Corbet, Suhling &
Soendgerath 2006). However, in addition to lower voltinism in higher latitudes, the density of
eggs in lake sediment is also a consequence of the accumulation of eggs that are produced but do
not hatch the following year. Because of short growing seasons and lower temperatures, we
predicted this unhatched fraction to represent a greater proportion of eggs produced at higher
latitudes. Egg density is ultimately the product of both processes; the reservoir of eggs declines
with latitude because of lower voltinism, but the fraction of these eggs that hatch determine the
number that remain in the sediment. Our study suggests that the latter of these two processes is
unlikely to account for differences in egg densities, as hatchling densities were not universally
higher in northern lakes for any of the taxa studied (Fig. 4.4).
Our investigation of the effects of temperature and day length on the termination of dormancy is
one of the first to choose communities that differ in latitudinal origin. In doing so, we have
demonstrated that the sensitivity of zooplankton to temperature and day length can differ across
latitude and between co-occurring taxa, a result that would be obscured if we selected
communities from the same region. By considering how climatic cues may shift dynamics across
latitudes, we were able to provide new insights that suggest changes in dormancy dynamics with
spring warming may be an under-appreciated but important consequence of climate change, and
could lead to zooplankton community shifts that will depend on latitudinal origin.
Acknowledgments
We thank A. Barany, E. Chojecka, V. Jones and N. Lo for sampling assistance and members of
the Gilbert lab for helpful comments on a previous version of this manuscript. We also thank the
Editor and two anonymous referees whose comments improved this manuscript. This work was
supported by NSERC (B.G., Discovery Grant) as well as Ontario Graduate Scholarships (N.T.J.).
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
78
Literature cited
Adrian, R., Wilhelm, S. & Gerten, D. (2006) Life-history traits of lake plankton species may
govern their phenological response to climate warming. Global Change Biology, 12, 652–
661.
Allan, J.D. (1976) Life history patterns in zooplankton. The American Naturalist, 110, 165–180.
Angeler, D.G. (2011) Resurrection ecology and global climate change research in freshwater
ecosystems. Journal of the North American Benthological Society, 26, 12–22.
Arndt, H. (1993) Rotifers as predators on components of the microbial web (bacteria,
heterotrophic flagellates, ciliates) - a review. Hydrobiologia, 255-256, 231–246.
Arnott, S.E. & Yan, N.D. (2002) The influence of drought and re-acidification on zooplankton
emergence from resting stages. Ecological Applications, 12, 138–153.
Barnett, A.J., Finlay, K. & Beisner, B.E. (2007) Functional diversity of crustacean zooplankton
communities: Towards a trait-based classification. Freshwater Biology, 52, 796–813.
Bates, D., Maechler, M., Bolker, B. & Walker, S. (2014) lme4: Linear mixed-effects models
using Eigen and S4.
Bogdan, K.G. & Gilbert, J.J. (1982) Seasonal pattern of feeding by natural populations of
Keratella, Polyarthra,and Bosmina: clearance rates, selectivities, and contributions to
community grazing. Limnology and Oceanography, 27, 918–934.
Cáceres, C.E. & Schwalbach, M.S. (2001) How well do laboratory experiments explain field
patterns of zooplankton emergence? Freshwater Biology, 46, 1179–1189.
Cáceres, C.E. & Tessier, A.J. (2003) How long to rest: the ecology of optimal dormancy and
environmental constraint. Ecology, 84, 1189–1198.
Chesson, P. (1994) Multispecies competition in variable environments. Theoretical Population
Biology, 45, 227–276.
Cohen, D. (1966) Optimizing reproduction in a randomly varying environment. Journal of
Theoretical Biology, 12, 119–129.
Conover, D.O., Duffy, T. & Hice, L. (2009) The covariance between genetic and environmental
influences across ecological gradients: reassessing the evolutionary significance of counter-
gradient and co-gradient variation. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1168,
100–129.
Corbet, P.S., Suhling, F. & Soendgerath, D. (2006) Voltinism of Odonata: a review.
International Journal of Odonatology, 9, 1–44.
Cousyn, C. & De Meester, L. (1998) The vertical profile of resting egg banks in natural
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
79
populations of the pond-dwelling cladoceran Daphnia magna. Archiv für Hydrobiologie–
Beiheft Ergebnisse der Limnologie, 52, 127–139.
Dossena, M., Yvon-Durocher, G., Grey, J., Montoya, J.M., Perkins, D.M., Trimmer, M. &
Woodward, G. (2012) Warming alters community size structure and ecosystem functioning.
Proceedings of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 279, 3011–9.
Dunne, J.A., Saleska, S.R., Fischer, M.L. & Harte, J. (2004) Integrating experimental and
gradient methods in ecological climate change research. Ecology, 85, 904–916.
Dupuis, A.P. & Hann, B.J. (2009) Climate change, diapause termination and zooplankton
population dynamics: an experimental and modelling approach. Freshwater Biology, 54,
221–235.
Ellner, S. (1985) ESS germination strategies in randomly varying environments. II. Reciprocal
Yield-Law models. Theoretical Population Biology, 28, 80–116.
Ellner, S.P., Hairston, N.G., Kearns, C.M. & Babai, D. (1999) The roles of fluctuating selection
and long-term diapause in microevolution of diapause timing in a freshwater copepod.
Evolution, 53, 111–122.
Elmendorf, S.C. & Harrison, S.P. (2009) Temporal variability and nestedness in California
grassland species composition. Ecology, 90, 1492–1497.
Environment Canada. (2014) Canadian Climate Normals 1971-2000 for Kamloops, British
Columbia. URL http://climate.weather.gc.ca/climate_normals/index_e.html
Ferrari, F.D. & Dahms, H.-U. (2007) Postembryonic development of the Copepoda. Crustaceana
Monographs, 8, 1–232.
Geller, W. (1987) On estimating the age and the development time of Daphnia as a function of
body size and temperature. Journal of Plankton Research, 9, 1225–1230.
Gillooly, J.F. (2000) Effect of body size and temperature on generation time in zooplankton.
Journal of Plankton Research, 22, 241–251.
Gillooly, J.F. & Dodson, S.I. (2000) The relationship of neonate mass and incubation
temperature to embryonic development time in a range of animal taxa. Journal of Zoology,
251, 369–375.
Hairston, N.G. (1996) Zooplankton egg banks as biotic reservoirs in changing environments.
Limnology and Oceanography, 41, 1087–1092.
Hairston, N.G. & Cáceres, C.E. (1996) Distribution of crustacean diapause: micro- and
macroevolutionary pattern and process. Hydrobiologia, 320, 27–44.
Hairston, J.N.G., Hansen, A.-M. & Schaffner, W.R. (2000) The effect of diapause emergence on
the seasonal dynamics of a zooplankton assemblage. Freshwater Biology, 45, 133–145.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
80
Hairston, N.G.J. & Kearns, C.M. (1995) The interaction of photoperiod and temperature in
diapause timing: a Copepod example. The Biological Bulletin, 189, 42–48.
Hairston, N.G. & Kearns, C.M. (2002) Temporal dispersal: ecological and evolutionary aspects
of zooplankton egg banks and the role of sediment mixing. Integrative and Comparative
Biology, 42, 481–91.
Hance, T., Baaren, J. van, Vernon, P. & Boivin, G. (2007) Impact of extreme temperatures on
parasitoids in a climate change perspective. Annual Review of Entomology, 52, 107–126.
Hutchinson, G.E. (1967) A Treatise on Limnology: Introduction to Lake Biology and the
Limnoplankton. John Wiley & Sons, New York, London and Sydney.
IPCC. (2013) The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (eds TF Stocker, D
Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, SK Allen, J Boschung, A Nauels, Y Xia, V Bex, and PM
Midgley). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY,
USA.
Kawecki, T.J. & Ebert, D. (2004) Conceptual issues in local adaptation. Ecology Letters, 7,
1225–1241.
Kerfoot, W.C., Ma, X., Lorence, C.S. & Weider, L.J. (2004) Toward resurrection ecology:
Daphnia mendotae and D . retrocurva in the coastal region of Lake Superior, among the first
successful outside invaders? Journal of Great Lakes Research, 30, 285–299.
Levine, J.M., Mceachern, K. & Cowan, C. (2008) Rainfall effects on rare annual plants. Journal
of Ecology, 1–12.
Levins, R. (1969) Dormancy as an adaptive strategy. Symposium of the Society for Experimental
Biology, 23, 1–10.
Lindsey, C.C., Patalas, K., Bodaly, R.A. & Archibald, C.P. (1981) Glaciation and the physical,
chemical, and biological limnology of Yukon lakes. Canadian Technical Report of
Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 996, 1–37.
Maier, G. (1994) Patterns of life history among cyclopoid copepods of central Europe.
Freshwater Biology, 31, 77–86.
Marcus, N.H. (1990) Calanoid copepod, cladoceran, and rotifer eggs in sea-bottom sediments of
northern Californian coastal waters: identification, occurrence and hatching. Marine
Biology, 105, 413–418.
Masaki, S. (1961) Geographic variation of diapause in insects. Bulletin Faculty Agricultural
Hirosaki University, 7, 66–98.
May, L. (1987) Effect of incubation temperature on the hatching of rotifer resting eggs collected
from sediments. Hydrobiologia, 147, 335–338.
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
81
McNamara, J.M. & Houston, A.I. (2008) Optimal annual routines: behaviour in the context of
physiology and ecology. Philosophical transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series
B, Biological sciences, 363, 301–19.
Molina-Montenegro, M.A. & Naya, D.E. (2012) Latitudinal patterns in phenotypic plasticity and
fitness-related traits: assessing the Climatic Variability Hypothesis (CVH) with an invasive
plant species. PLoS ONE, 7, e47620.
Mousseau, T.A. & Roff, D.A. (1989) Adaptation to seasonality in a cricket: patterns of
phenotypic and genotypic variation in body size and diapause expression along a cline in
season length. Evolution, 43, 1483–1496.
Patalas, K., Patalas, J. & Salki, A. (1994) Planktonic crustaceans in lakes of Canada (Distribution
of species, bibliography). Canadian Technical Report of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences.
Pickett, S.T.A. (1989) Space-for-time substitution as an alternative to long-term studies. Long-
term studies in ecology: approaches and alternatives (ed G.E. Likes), pp. 110–135.
Springer-Verlag, New York.
Posledovich, D., Toftegaard, T., Gotthard, C., Johan, W. & Ehrlén, K. (2015) Latitudinal
variation in diapause duration and post‑winter development in two pierid butterflies in
relation to phenological specialization. Oecologia, 177, 181–190.
Preston, N.D. & Rusak, J.A. (2010) Homage to Hutchinson : does inter-annual climate variability
affect zooplankton density and diversity? Hydrobiologia, 653, 165–177.
Preziosi, B.M. & Runge, J.A. (2014) The effect of warm temperatures on hatching success of the
marine planktonic copepod, Calanus finmarchicus. Journal of Plankton Research, 36,
1381–1384.
R Core Team. (2014) R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for
Statistical Computing.
Slatkin, M. (1974) Hedging ones evolutionary bets. Nature, 250.
Sorgeloos, P. (1973) First report on the triggering effect of light on the hatching mechanism of
Artemia salina dry cysts. Marine Biology, 22, 75–76.
De Stasio, B.T. (1989) The seed bank of a freshwater crustacean: copepodology for the plant
ecologist. Ecology, 70, 1377–1389.
De Stasio, B. (1990) The role of dormancy and emergence patterns in the dynamics of a
freshwater zooplankton community. Limnology and Oceanography.
De Stasio, B.T. (2004) Diapause in Calanoid Copepods: within-clutch hatching patterns. Journal
of Limnology, 63, 26–31.
Stross, R.G. (1966) Light and temperature requirements for diapause development and release in
CHAPTER 4: DORMANCY & CLIMATE CUES
82
Daphnia. Ecology, 47, 368–374.
Ugland, K.I., Gray, J.S. & Ellingsen, K.E. (2003) The species-accumulation curve and estimation
of species richness. Journal of Animal Ecology, 72, 888–897.
Uye, S., Kasahara, S. & Onb, T. (1979) Calanoid copepod eggs in sea-bottom muds. IV. Effects
of some environmental factors on the hatching of resting eggs. Marine Biology, 51, 151–
156.
Vandekerkhove, J., Declerck, S. & Brendonck, L.U.C. (2005) Hatching of cladoceran resting
eggs: temperature and photoperiod. Freshwater Biology, 96–104.
Vanderploeg, H.A., Bolsenga, S.J., Fahnenstiel, G.L., Liebig, J.R. & Gardner, W.S. (1992)
Plankton ecology in an ice-covered bay of Lake Michigan: utilization of a winter
phytoplankton bloom by reproducing copepods. Hydrobiologia, 243, 175–183.
Varpe, O. (2012) Fitness and phenology: annual routines and zooplankton adaptations to
seasonal cycles. Journal of Plankton Research, 34, 267–276.
Venable, D.L. (2007) Bet hedging in a guild of desert annuals. Ecology, 88, 1086–1090.
Weider, L.J., Lampert, W., Wessels, M., Colbourne, J.K. & Limburg, P. (1997) Long-term
genetic shifts in a microcrustacean egg bank associated with anthropogenic changes in the
Lake Constance ecosystem. Proceedings of the Royal Society B Biological Sciences, 264,
1613–1618.
Whittaker, R.H. (1975) Communities and Ecosystems, 1st ed. Macmillan USA, New York, NY.
Williams, C.M., Henry, H.A.L. & Sinclair, B.J. (2015) Cold truths: how winter drives responses
of terrestrial organisms to climate change. Biological reviews of the Cambridge
Philosophical Society, 90, 214–35.
Winder, M. & Schindler, D.E. (2004) Climate change uncouples trophic interactions in an
aquatic system. Ecology, 85, 2100–2106.
Woodward, G., Perkins, D.M. & Brown, L.E. (2010) Climate change and freshwater ecosystems:
impacts across multiple levels of organization. Philosophical transactions of the Royal
Society of London. Series B, Biological sciences, 365, 2093–2106.
83
Chapter 5
Geographic signatures in species turnover: decoupling colonization and extinction across a latitudinal gradient
In review as Jones, N.T., & Gilbert B. Geographic signatures in species turnover: decoupling
colonization and extinction across a latitudinal gradient. Global Ecology & Biogeography
Abstract
High latitude areas are characterized by low species richness and rapid warming with climate
change. As a result, temporal turnover of communities is expected to be greatest at high latitudes.
We assess colonization and extinction rates of zooplankton through time across a latitudinal
gradient to test this prediction, and further test whether species-specific rates are predicted by
body size local abundance, or regional occupancy of lakes. Lakes across an 1800 km latitudinal
gradient in western Canada (49°N - 64°N).We resampled zooplankton communities from 43
lakes that had been sampled 25-75 years previously. We evaluated temporal turnover of copepod
and cladoceran species using Sorensen dissimilarity, colonization and extinction. We tested
whether lake-level turnover, colonization or extinction changed with latitude. We also tested
whether species-level differences in colonization and extinction were explained by body size,
local abundance (abundance when present in a lake), and regional occupancy. Lake-level
temporal turnover was highest at low latitudes due to by higher colonization rates at lower
latitudes, and consistent extinction rates across the latitudinal gradient. At the species level,
colonization increased with regional occupancy, and tended to increase for abundant species with
small body sizes. Local extinction rates decreased with local abundance and regional occupancy,
but were not influenced by body size. Contrary to expectations, low-latitude zooplankton
communities are changing faster than high-latitude communities and becoming more species
rich. Moreover, colonization and extinction trends suggest that lakes have become increasingly
dominated by species with smaller body sizes and that are already common locally and
regionally. Together, these findings indicate that rates of species turnover in freshwater lakes
across the latitudinal gradient are not predicted by rates of temperature change, but that species
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
84
turnover is nonetheless resulting in trait-shifts that are consistent with predictions for temperature
change.
Introduction
Species turnover through time has long fascinated ecologists, with classic theories positing that
that local and biogeographical properties of communities determine rates of turnover (Elton
1958; MacArthur & Wilson 1967; May 1973). Recently, there has been renewed interest in the
factors that promote temporal turnover. Classic work on species-time relationships suggest that
turnover dynamics are partially the consequence of island biogeography or metapopulation
processes (Rosenzweig 1998; Nuvoloni, Feres & Gilbert 2016) whereas more recent research has
focused on how global climate change is modifying the latitudinal range of many species,
thereby altering the composition of communities (Chen et al. 2011; Burrows et al. 2014).
Species dynamics in the anthropocene are increasingly influenced by a mixture of
metapopulation and anthropogenic processes (Helmus, Mahler & Losos 2014). As a result,
determining patterns of species turnover through time and across broad spatial scales is
increasingly important for conservation and basic ecology (Wolkovich et al. 2014).
Temporal turnover is the outcome of a variety of dynamic processes that result in two changes to
local diversity: gain of species through new colonization events and loss of species through local
extinction events (Anderson 2007). Island biogeography and metacommunity theory highlight
how the relative importance of colonization and extinction may differ across regional gradients
(MacArthur & Wilson 1967; Leibold et al. 2004; Viana et al. 2015). Although these theories
make general predictions about characteristics of patches and species that may lead to
qualitatively different patterns of diversity and turnover, empirical patterns are often far more
complex than suggested from these models (Matthews & Pomati, 2012; Jones et al. 2015). The
observed complexity is due to an incredible variation in the importance of dispersal limitation,
local interactions and species-environment relationships among ecosystems that make
predictions of turnover for any particular community difficult (Shurin et al. 2007; Bennett et al.
2010; Matthews & Pomati 2012; Jones et al. 2015). This challenge is particularly difficult for
studies across latitudinal gradients, because there is a simultaneous change in three determinants
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
85
of turnover: environmental conditions, species traits, and the composition of communities
(James, 1970; Parmesan, 2006; Jones & Gilbert 2016).
Latitudinal gradients in environmental conditions and anthropogenic change set the stage for
spatial directionality to community change over time. In North America, mean temperatures
decline northward along a latitudinal transect and long-term data indicates that during the last
100 years, temperatures have increased more in northern regions (IPCC, 2013; Environment
Canada, 2014). As a result, mean temperature and temperature increases are negatively
correlated across a latitudinal gradient, rendering high latitude sites more vulnerable to the
effects of climate change (e.g., Smol et al., 2005). However, geographic gradients in other
aspects of global change suggest that the opposite pattern could occur. Specifically, larger human
populations and urbanization characterize lower latitude regions. This increased anthropogenic
pressure has led to land-use changes at lower latitudes, such as higher road density and increased
recreational use of natural areas (Gayton, 2007; Ministry of Forests, Mines and Lands, 2010),
which have increased connectivity among discrete habitats such as lakes (Kelly et al. 2012).
Given the more pronounced temperature changes at high latitudes and the increased
anthropogenic pressure at southern latitudes, the resulting effect of these global changes on
colonization-extinction dynamics across latitudinal gradients remains unknown.
In aquatic communities, two life-history characteristics are hypothesized to drive colonization
and extinction dynamics of zooplankton: body size, and the local abundances of species. Local
abundances reflect a suite of traits that determine the impacts of intra- and inter-specific
interactions and resource specialization, and are often broadly defined as species carrying
capacities (Levin 2009). From a metapopulation or meta-community perspective, high local
abundance buffers against local extinction, and also provides more propagules that can disperse
to other lakes (Hanski 1994), and thus is commonly related to occupancy, or the proportion of
lakes where a species is found (Hanski, Kouki & Halkka 1993). Likewise, body size affects both
local and regional distributions. Locally, body size may structure competitive asymmetries
among species (Gliwicz 1990) and also increase trophic position (Woodward et al. 2005). Body
size can also indirectly impact local success if larger body sizes are associated with smaller
population sizes and/or slower growth rate (Savage et al. 2004). Apart from these local effects,
body size also directly influences colonization dynamics in passively dispersed organisms such
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
86
as aquatic zooplankton, which are dispersed via wind, water or animals (Vanschoenwinkel et al.
2008). For these species, dispersal distance is negatively associated with body size (Soons et al.
2008; De Bie et al. 2012), with smaller individuals travelling further and more often. Together,
the associations between body size and dispersal for passive dispersers suggest that traits
conferring competitive dominance locally may come at the expense of dispersal among lakes,
making the overall impact of body size difficult to predict in a regional context. Moreover, body
size is a trait that often changes with latitude. Bergmann’s rule and James’ rule, for example,
describe how body size within and among species increases in cooler regions, and thus increases
with latitude (James 1970). Because body size-latitude relationships in ectotherms can be highly
variable (Shelomi 2012b), it is important to quantify the joint and independent effects of latitude
and body size on species turnover to understand proximate and ultimate causes of diversity
patterns with latitude.
Differences in species diversity across latitudes are also predicted to impact patterns of turnover.
Higher latitude regions contain fewer species on average (Shurin et al., 2007; Jones & Gilbert,
2016) and low diversity is expected to be associated with high rates of temporal turnover. This
prediction arises from two hypotheses in community ecology. First, because species diversity is
positively correlated with phenotypic variation, elevated diversity could reduce opportunities for
new species to establish even when they are no longer limited by climate (Elton 1958). Second,
diversity is predicted to stabilize community composition by increasing the number of weak
interactions in food-webs, which reduce large fluctuations in predators and their prey (McCann
et al. 1998). When considered in terms of latitudinal patterns of diversity, these competitive and
food-web models predict higher turnover (lower stability) in high latitude communities.
In this paper, we investigate temporal turnover in freshwater zooplankton communities from
across an 1800 km latitudinal gradient in western Canada that has shown typical shifts in
temperature over the past 70 years (Fig. 5.1a,b). Zooplankton are ubiquitous ectothermic animals
in freshwater lakes that form the basis of lake food-webs, and display a latitudinal gradient in
species diversity and composition typical of many organisms (Fig. 5.1c,d). We resampled
zooplankton communities that were originally sampled fifty years ago on average, and asked the
following four questions: (1) Is there evidence for a latitudinal trend in species turnover? (2)
How do colonization and local extinction events within lakes structure this temporal turnover?
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
87
(3) Are body size, local abundance and occupancy predictive of species’ colonization and local
extinction rates? And, if so, (4) do body size and local abundance change predictably with
latitude?
Materials & methods
Study system & species sampling
This study was conducted in freshwater lakes across a ~1800 km latitudinal gradient in Canada,
ranging from southern British Columbia to the middle of the Yukon Territory (Fig. 5.1a). Long-
term temperature averages indicate there is a positive relationship between latitude and the
magnitude of temperature warming across our study sites during the last 100 years (Fig. 5.1b).
Lakes that are closer together have more species in common (Fig. 5.1c) and species richness
declines at higher latitudes (Fig. 5.1d).
Using data from Patalas et al. (1994), we systematically selected 43 lakes that were originally
sampled between 1939-1986 (details on how we accounted for differences in time between
historic and contemporary samples are given in the data analyses section below). We chose lakes
that spanned the latitudinal gradient and had similar levels of known environmental variables
(phosphorus, nitrogen, turbidity, etc.). We followed the original collection methods of Anderson
(1974), Lindsey et al. (1981) and Patalas et al. (1994), and sampled in the same season (July 4 -
July 28, 2011). To minimize any confounding effects of species succession through the growing
season, we began sampling in the southern portion of the latitudinal gradient, sampling some
lakes as we moved north along the transect, and others as we returned south. Plankton
communities were collected by hauling a Wisconsin net [mouth diameter 24 cm, net mesh 76
µm] through the water column, beginning from near the lake bottom, at the approximate center
of each lake. Two vertical tows per lake were taken. Zooplankton were immediately preserved in
70% ethanol.
We combined the two replicate tows and randomly identified zooplankton, following the
taxonomy of Thorp and Covich (2010) and Sandercock and Scudder (1994) and additional keys
as needed, until we had identified at least 500 adult individuals. Some morphologically similar
species could not be differentiated. In those cases, we decreased the taxonomic resolution to the
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
88
generic or family level (e.g. Bosmina). This resulted in a consolidated species list, with 25
species/genera/families, making our estimate of turnover relatively conservative. For simplicity
we refer to each grouping as a “species” throughout the manuscript.
We measured adult body size for 30 randomly selected individuals of each species for a subset of
19 lakes across the latitudinal gradient (Table S3.2). Body size of cladocera was measured from
the centre of the eye to the base of the tail spine (Gliwicz 1990, Yurista and O’Brien 2001),
while we measured the length of the prosome for copepods (Klein Breteler and Gonzalez 1988,
Ban 1994). The historical relative abundance of zooplankton species was available for 31 lakes.
We estimated local abundance by averaging the abundance of each species (or genus or family)
across all the lakes they were present in the historical sampling dataset (Anderson 1974; Lindsey
et al. 1981; Patalas 1990). In total, we had both body size and local abundance estimates for 14
species (Table S5.2). Finally, we determined historic occupancy for each species (hereafter
simply ‘occupancy’) as the proportion of lakes historically occupied relative to all the lakes that
fall within the latitudinal range of that species (see explanation of colonization, below).
We selected lakes to minimize differences in local abiotic factors, which can also impact
diversity patterns (Dodson 1992; Hessen et al. 2006), so that differences in turnover could be
attributed primarily to latitude. We verified this by characterizing a subset of physical and
chemical characteristics of our focal lakes (Table S3.1 and Table S3.2 in Appendix B:
Supplementary information for chapter 3). We quantified chlorophyll a (a measure of
productivity) measurements mid-lake using a YSI 6-series multiparameter water quality sonde
(Integrated Systems & Services, Yellow Spring, OH, USA). We used published estimates of lake
size and depth from the literature (Anderson 1974; Lindsey et al. 1981).
Data analyses
To test how zooplankton communities have changed since the historical survey, we transformed
the zooplankton species abundance matrix into a presence-absence data matrix for both time
periods, then calculated two measure of community change: the total change in species richness
and the Sorenson dissimilarity. Because we observed heterogeneity in variance, we used
Generalized Least Squares (GLS) in the lme4 package in R (Bates et al., 2014; R Core Team,
2014) to determine how the total change in species richness and Sorenson dissimilarity changed
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
89
across a latitudinal gradient. We accounted for differences in time between historic and
contemporary samples by including historic sampling date as a covariate in community-level
models; it did not improve model fit (Fig. S5.1 in Appendix D: Supplementary information for
chapter 5; Table S5.3) and there is no correlation between sampling date and latitude (Fig. S5.2),
so we do not report it further below.
We next determined how colonization and local extinction contributed to turnover (Table S5.1).
We define colonization in a lake as the proportion of species in the contemporary survey that
were not present in the historic survey, and extinction as the proportion of species present in the
historic survey that were absent in the contemporary survey. This approach allowed us to
account for differences in the species richness among the lakes, which showed a latitudinal trend
(Fig. 5.1d). We analyzed latitudinal variation in colonization and extinction with a generalized
linear model (GLM) using a quasibinomial error distribution and a logit link function.
We determined how body size, local abundance and occupancy influence colonization and
extinction. In this case, the denominator for colonization and extinction were calculated for each
species. For colonization, we extracted the latitudinal range of each species from Patalas (1994)
and created a potential colonization data-frame by summing the number of times a species was
not historically present in a lake that occurs within the maximum and minimum latitudinal
distribution of that species – colonization was defined as the proportion of these potential lakes
that were colonized in the contemporary sample. Occupancy was defined as the proportion of
lakes within a species’ latitudinal distribution where it was historically found. Extinction was
calculated as the proportion of lakes where a species was present in the historical sample and
absent in the contemporary sample. Because colonization and extinction were binomial
responses, they were analysed using GLMs with a quasibinomial error distribution to account for
overdispersion. We conducted separate analyses to test whether body size and local abundance
changed predictably with latitude and to test for a correlation between occupancy and local
abundance.
We used linear mixed models to confirm that patterns in temporal turnover were not driven by
three environmental factors that can also impact diversity patterns: lake size, lake depth and a
measure of productivity (chlorophyll a) (Hessen et al. 2006).
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
90
Results
We found a significant effect of latitude on temporal turnover; both the change in species
richness (Fig. 5.2a; t = -3.19, P = 0.003) and species turnover declined with latitude (Fig. 5.2b; t
= -2.96, P = 0.005; Table S5.4). The patterns of species gains and losses differed across the
latitudinal gradient, with turnover primarily driven by colonization in the southern portion of the
latitudinal gradient (Fig. 5.2c, z = -4.28, P < 0.0001) and local extinction rates showing no trend
with latitude (Fig. 5.2d, z = -0.83, P = 0.41).
Body size, local abundance and regional occupancy influenced the frequency of colonization and
local extinction among species, but in different ways (Table S5.5; Fig. 5.3). Colonization rates
were highest for species that had high occupancy historically (Fig. 5.3c; t = 2.5, P = 0.03), and
tended to be higher for small-bodied zooplankton (Fig. 5.3a; t = -1.02, P = 0.051), and species
with high local abundance (Fig. 5.3b; t = 0.29, P = 0.061). Body size had no relationship with
local extinction rates (Fig. 5.3d; t = 0.58, P = 0.38). However, locally abundant species and those
with high historical occupancy were extirpated less often (Fig. 5.3e, t = -0.59, P = 0.003; and
Fig. 5.3f, t = -3.18, P = 0.008).
To test whether body size and local abundance were independently predictive of colonization
and extinction rates, we tested for the correlation between these traits and latitude. We detected
no correlation between body size and local abundance (Pearson correlation test, r = 0.17, P =
0.52; Fig. S5.3), suggesting that, for this group of aquatic zooplankton, smaller bodied species do
not have larger population sizes on average. Similarly, the average body size of crustacean
zooplankton communities did not change across a latitudinal gradient (Fig.S5.4a; t = -0.53, P =
0.60), and there was no relationship between average local abundance and latitude (Fig. S5.4b; t
= 0.53, P = 0.60). There was, however, a strong relationship between occupancy and local
abundance of species (r = 0.70, P = 0.008; Fig. S5.5). Overall, these relationships show that
species traits influence colonization and extinction rates independent of latitude, and suggest that
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
91
Figure 5.1 Latitudinal patterns of diversity and temperature change. (a) Locations of the 43 lakes
in this study; (b) the change in air temperature over 70 years, based on differences (present –
past) of 30 years means: 1971 to 2000 – 1901 to 1930; (c) Species composition of zooplankton
(first axis from a Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling with a 2D solution [stress = 0.19] based
on Sorensen dissimilarity), illustrating that closer sites are more compositionally similar; and (d)
Zooplankton species richness with latitude. Data used in (c) and (d) pooled species in historic
and current samples for each lake. Lines display the model fit for significant relationships at α =
0.05. Data for (b) was extracted from the Canadian Center for Climate Normals
(URL:http://climate.weather.gc.ca/climate_normals/index_e.html)
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
92
Figure 5.2 The relationship between latitude and (a) the change in species richness, (b) species
turnover, measured using the Sorenson dissimilarity metric, (c) the proportion of new species per
lake, and (d) the proportion of species that went locally extinct. All graphs compare historic
zooplankton samples with contemporary samples (see methods). In (c) colonization = the
number of species that colonized the lake / the contemporary species richness. In (d), extinction
= the number of species that were locally extirpated / the historical species richness. Lines
display the model fit if the relationship was significant at α < 0.05. We report correlation
coefficients here, but the statistical tests for panels a and b were done using generalised least
squares to account for error heteroscedasticity, while a generalised linear model with a
quasibinomial error distribution was used for panels c and d (see data analyses section).
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
93
Figure 5.3 Species traits influence colonization and extinction rates. The relationship between
colonization and (a) zooplankton body size, (b) local abundance, and (c) occupancy. Bottom
panels: the relationship between extinction and (d) zooplankton body size, (e) local abundance,
and (f) occupancy. Local abundance is a species’ mean abundance when present, and occupancy
is the proportion of lakes that a species historically occupied within its latitudinal range. Lines
display the model fit if the relationship was significant (solid lines; P < 0.05) or marginal
(hashed lines; 0.05 < P< 0.10).
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
94
local abundance or regional occupancy reflect a common suite of species traits that influence
colonization and extinction rates.
To ensure that our standardization of lake environments (other than temperature) was successful,
we tested the relationship between turnover and lake size, maximum lake depth and productivity.
None of these were significant (all P > 0.14, Table S5.6).
Discussion
Our study highlights how considering colonization and extinction leads to a richer understanding
of the causes of latitudinal gradients in species turnover. We found that higher latitudes had
lower turnover, a trend that has been observed in several latitudinal studies (e.g., Shurin et al.,
2007; Korhonen et al., 2010; but see Soininen et al., 2004). However, by decomposing turnover
into local losses and gains, we were able to attribute the spatial signature in compositional
change to elevated colonization events in the southern portion of the latitudinal gradient.
Moreover, our results suggest that species-specific patterns of turnover can be partially explained
by commonly measured traits: body size, local abundance and regional occupancy. Together,
these biogeographical and species-specific perspectives on colonization and extinction provide
insights into the directions and rates of change in ecological communities across latitudes.
The latitudinal patterns of colonization and extinction that we document in this study may be
important for understanding how climate influences community changes more generally.
Although arctic and subarctic lakes are often considered to be “sentinels of climate change”
(Adrian 2009), our results did not support the hypothesis that communities in high latitude lakes
are more likely to show compositional shifts (Fig. 5.2). This result was surprising, given that
these lakes have experienced larger changes in temperature (Fig. 5.1b), and also support less
diverse assemblages of species (Fig. 5.1d). The apparent compositional stability of subarctic
zooplankton communities through time may arise from several factors that together slow change
in high latitude communities. First, relatively extreme seasonal fluctuations in environmental
conditions may prevent new species from colonizing those sites directly by causing a higher
variation in population growth rates (e.g., Lande, 1988) and by creating a shorter seasonal
window in which colonization is possible. Second, shorter growing seasons may slow absolute
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
95
population growth over the season, again increasing chances of stochastic extinction in newly
establishing species or generating longer lags between colonization of sites and detection of
species in high latitude lakes. Third, many zooplankton have long-lived dormant stages, which
may buffer species from extinction across the latitudinal gradient (Jones & Gilbert 2016).
Finally, these lakes thermally stratify in the summer months, but zooplankton species’ are
distributed throughout the water column in the pelagic zone. Zooplankton may avoid extreme
fluctuations by capitalizing on refugia below the thermocline, where cool waters persist
throughout the summer months.
Instead of greater species turnover in northern lakes, our study shows a clear pattern of higher
colonization in southern lakes. Interestingly, this increase arose without the addition of new
species to the study, and thus suggests that lakes were either in disequilibrium in early surveys,
or that the non-equilibrium dynamics observed have resulted from increased rates of colonization
between surveys (~70 years). Although we cannot isolate the causal mechanism driving this
pattern, the association between latitude and colonization events may reflect an increase in
connectivity in lower latitude lakes. The southern portion of the latitudinal gradient in our study
occurs in regions with relatively high anthropogenic influences, such as higher road density
(Ministry of Forests, Mines and Lands, 2010) and larger human populations (Gayton 2007). As a
result, dispersal limitation may be relaxed in those areas due to inadvertent movement via boats
and bait fish with water (Kelly et al. 2012), facilitating the introduction of zooplankton into
lakes. An increase in diversity is predicted by metapopulation and island biogeography theory in
such cases, so long as local abiotic and biotic conditions do not prevent recruitment (Shurin
2000). The geographic distribution of many passively dispersed aquatic invertebrates is limited
by dispersal (Bohonak & Jenkins 2003), therefore increased connectivity among lakes may be an
important component of the anthropocene, altering the diversity of local communities.
Through linking body size, local abundance and regional occupancy to colonization and
extinction dynamics, our results illustrate how trait-based approaches are useful for predicting
turnover and metacommunity dynamics (De Bie et al. 2012; Jones et al. 2015). Body size is
important for passively dispersed organisms, and our results support previous work which has
shown that for passive organisms, larger individuals tend to colonize fewer sites. This is in
contrast to active dispersers, where larger individuals normally sequester more resources and
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
96
disperse farther (Shurin, Cottenie & Hillebrand 2009). The observation that temperature
increases during the last 100 years has caused a reduction in the average body size of many
organisms (Daufresne et al. 2009) raises the intriguing possibly that the direct effect of
temperature on body size could indirectly increase dispersal rates for passively dispersed species.
Our results also support a growing number of studies that show a positive association between
local abundance and occupancy (e.g., Soininen & Heino, 2005; but see Thompson et al., 1998).
A number of mechanisms have been put forth to explain why this pattern persists across distantly
related species (reviewed in Gaston et al., 2000). Although no single mechanism has emerged as
the sole explanation for this pattern, the association between regional occupancy and
colonization-extinction dynamics has important implications for predicting species range
expansion and extinction. Specifically, if the proportion of inhabitable lakes a species occurs in
is known, detailed abundance data may be unnecessary to estimate how vulnerable that species is
to local extinction or the likelihood that it will colonize new lakes (Gaston et al. 2000).
An important question for communities facing global changes is whether patterns of diversity are
at an equilibrium or, alternately, if they are shifting over time (Nuvoloni et al. 2016). When
communities and species’ are at equilibrium in a landscape, both are expected to show equal
rates of colonization and extinction on average. Our results highlight two important non-
equilibrium trends that are shifting lake communities. First, non-equilibrium dynamics in
southern communities are causing an increase in diversity, whereas more northern communities
appear to be in equilibrium (Fig. 5.2a). Interestingly, many studies of turnover do not explicitly
consider non-equilibrium colonization-extinction dynamics as drivers of turnover (but see
Matthews & Pomati, 2012; Nuvoloni et al., 2016). Second, we observed different non-
equilibrium dynamics among species, with these dynamics predicted by species traits (Fig. 5.3).
These trends suggest that relatively small, and locally abundant species that are widespread are
becoming even more common, while species with low local abundances are disappearing from
lakes at a greater rate than they are establishing elsewhere. In other words, these species-level
non-equilibrium dynamics indicate that conditions over the past several decades are causing
directional shifts in the traits of species by favouring small, common species to a greater degree
than they were historically favoured.
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
97
The results from our study also suggest that space-for-time substitutions are inappropriate for
predicting changes with climate in temperate and northern aquatic communities. Space-for-time
substitution is often used to replace temporal replication and can be a powerful tool for
predicting community and population level responses to climate change (Dunne et al. 2004;
Blois et al. 2013). However, smaller changes in northern lakes relative to southern lakes, despite
greater temperature change in the north, indicates that temperature alone is a poor predictor of
changes to community composition, at least over the timescale of this study (approx. 50 years).
Regardless of whether these differences are mainly due to larger anthropogenic influences in
temperate lakes, higher seasonal variation in northern lakes, or other mechanisms, failing to
incorporate this greater complexity into climate change studies will lead to erroneous predictions
for biological communities (Jones & Gilbert 2016).
In conclusion, by decoupling community responses across a latitudinal gradient, we were able to
demonstrate colonization and extinction dynamics that depend on geographic location and
species traits. Lakes are particularly vulnerable to the effects of global change because they are
naturally fragmented and often heavily exploited (Woodward 2009). By resampling
communities, we were able to refute a common hypothesis, that high latitude communities
exposed to greater temperature increases will change at a faster rate, and provide evidence that
intraspecific traits such as body size and local abundance predict colonization and extinction
rates. These results provide a first step towards informing ecologists about species turnover
across latitudes, and offer new insights into the proximate drivers of this turnover.
Acknowledgments
We would like to thank Veronica Jones for field assistance and Kazimierz Patalas for generously
sharing his historical sampling data with us. We also thank NSERC for funding (B.G., Discovery
Grant) as well as Ontario Graduate Scholarships (N.T.J.).
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
98
Literature Cited
Anderson, R.S. (1974) Crustacean plankton communities of 340 lakes and ponds in and near the
National Parks of the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Journal of Fisheries Research of Board
Canada, 31, 855–869.
Anderson, K.J. (2007) Temporal patterns in rates of community change during succession. The
American Naturalist, 169, 780–793.
Bates, D., Maechler, M., Bolker, B. & Walker, S. (2014) lme4: Linear mixed-effects models
using Eigen and S4.
Bennett, J.R., Cumming, B.F., Ginn, B.K. & Smol, J.P. (2010) Broad-scale environmental
response and niche conservatism in lacustrine diatom communities. Global Ecology and
Biogeography, 19, 724–732.
De Bie, T., Meester, L., Brendonck, L., Martens, K., Goddeeris, B., Ercken, D., Hampel, H.,
Denys, L., Vanhecke, L., Gucht, K., Wichelen, J., Vyverman, W. & Declerck, S.A.J. (2012)
Body size and dispersal mode as key traits determining metacommunity structure of aquatic
organisms. Ecology Letters, 15, 740–747.
Blois, J.L., Williams, J.W., Fitzpatrick, M.C., Jackson, S.T. & Ferrier, S. (2013) Space can
substitute for time in predicting climate-change effects on biodiversity. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 110, 9374–9.
Bohonak, A.J. & Jenkins, D.G. (2003) Ecological and evolutionary significance of dispersal by
freshwater invertebrates. Ecology Letters, 6, 783–796.
Burrows, M.T., Schoeman, D.S., Richardson, A.J., Molinos, J.G., Hoffmann, A., Buckley, L.B.,
Moore, P.J., Brown, C.J., Bruno, J.F., Duarte, C.M., Halpern, B.S., Hoegh-Guldberg, O.,
Kappel, C. V., Kiessling, W., O’Connor, M.I., Pandolfi, J.M., Parmesan, C., Sydeman,
W.J., Ferrier, S., Williams, K.J., Poloczanska, E.S. & O’Connor, M.I. (2014) Geographical
limits to species-range shifts are suggested by climate velocity. Nature, 507, 492–495.
Chen, I.C., Hill, J.K., Ohlemüller, R., Roy, D.B. & Thomas, C.D. (2011) Rapid range shifts of
species associated with high levels of climate warming. Science, 333, 1024–1026.
Daufresne, M., Lengfellner, K. & Sommer, U. (2009) Global warming benefits the small in
aquatic ecosystems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106, 12788–12793.
Dodson, S. (1992) Predicting crustacean zooplankton species richness. Limnology and
Oceanography, 37, 848–856.
Dunne, J.A., Saleska, S.R., Fischer, M.L. & Harte, J. (2004) Integrating experimental and
gradient methods in ecological climate change research. Ecology, 85, 904–916.
Elton, C.S. (1958) The Ecology of Invasions by Animals and Plants (ed CS Elton). Methuen,
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
99
London.
Environment Canada. (2014) Canadian Climate Normals 1971-2000 for Kamloops, British
Columbia. URL http://climate.weather.gc.ca/climate_normals/index_e.html
Gaston, K.J., Blackburn, T.M., Greenwood, J.J.D., Gregory, R.D., Quinn, R.M. & Lawton, J.H.
(2000) Abundance-occupancy relationships. Journal of Applied Ecology, 37, 39–59.
Gayton, D. (2007) Major Impacts to Biodiversity in British Columbia (excluding Climate
Change). The biodiversity BC technical subcommittee for the report on the status of
biodiversity in BC.Vancouver, British Columbia.
Gliwicz, Z.M. (1990) Food thresholds and body size in cladocerans. Nature, 343, 638–640.
Hanski, I. (1994) A practical model of metapopulation dynamics. The Journal of Animal
Ecology, 63, 151–162.
Hanski, I., Kouki, J. & Halkka, A. (1993) Three explanations of the positive relationship
between distribution and abundance of species. Species Diversity in Ecological
Communities: Historical and Geographical Perspectives (eds R. Ricklefs), & D. Schluter),
pp. 132–148. University of Chicago Press, Chicago.
Helmus, M.R., Mahler, D.L. & Losos, J.B. (2014) Island biogeography of the Anthropocene.
Nature, 513, 543–6.
Hessen, D.O., Faafeng, B. a, Smith, V.H., Bakkestuen, V. & Walseng, B. (2006) Extrinsic and
intrinsic controls of zooplankton diversity in lakes. Ecology, 87, 433–43.
IPCC. (2013) The Physical Science Basis. Contribution of Working Group I to the Fifth
Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (eds TF Stocker, D
Qin, G-K Plattner, M Tignor, SK Allen, J Boschung, A Nauels, Y Xia, V Bex, and PM
Midgley). Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New York, NY,
USA.
Jones, N.T., Germain, R.M., Grainger, T.N., Hall, A., Baldwin, L. & Gilbert, B. (2015) Dispersal
mode mediates the effect of patch size and patch connectivity on metacommunity diversity.
Journal of Ecology, 103, 936–944.
Jones, N.T. & Gilbert, B. (2016) Changing climate cues differentially alter zooplankton
dormancy dynamics across latitudes. The Journal of Animal Ecology, 85, 559–569.
Kelly, N.E., Wantola, K., Weisz, E. & Yan, N.D. (2012) Recreational boats as a vector of
secondary spread for aquatic invasive species and native crustacean zooplankton. Biological
Invasions, 15, 509–519.
Korhonen, J.J., Soininen, J. & Hillebrand, H. (2010) A quantitative analysis of temporal turnover
in aquatic species assemblages across ecosystems. Ecology, 91, 508–17.
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
100
Lande, R. (1988) Genetics and demography in biological conservation. Science, 241, 1455–1460.
Leibold, M. a., Holyoak, M., Mouquet, N., Amarasekare, P., Chase, J.M., Hoopes, M.F., Holt,
R.D., Shurin, J.B., Law, R., Tilman, D., Loreau, M. & Gonzalez, a. (2004) The
metacommunity concept: a framework for multi-scale community ecology. Ecology Letters,
7, 601–613.
Levin, S.A. (ed). (2009) The Princeton Guide to Ecology. Princeton University Press, Princeton,
New Jersey.
Lindsey, C.C., Patalas, K., Bodaly, R.A. & Archibald, C.P. (1981) Glaciation and the physical,
chemical, and biological limnology of Yukon lakes. Canadian Technical Report of
Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 996, 1–37.
MacArthur, R.H. & Wilson, E.O. (1967) The Theory of Island Biogeography (ed RH
MacArthur). Princeton University Press.
Matthews, B. & Pomati, F. (2012) Reversal in the relationship between species richness and
turnover in a phytoplankton community. Ecology, 93, 2435–2447.
May, R.M. (1973) Stability and complexity in model ecosystems. Monographs in population
biology, 6, 1–235.
McCann, K., Hastings, A. & Huxel, G.R. (1998) Weak trophic interactions and the balance of
nature. Nature, 395, 794–798.
Nuvoloni, F.M., Feres, R.J.F. & Gilbert, B. (2016) Species turnover through time: colonization
and extinction dynamics across metacommunities. The American Naturalist.
Patalas, K. (1990) Diversity of zooplankton communities in Canadian lakes as a function of
climate. Verh Internat Verein Limnol, 24, 360–368.
Patalas, K., Patalas, J. & Salki, A. (1994) Planktonic crustaceans in lakes of Canada (Distribution
of species, bibliography). Canadian Technical Report of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences.
R Core Team. (2014) R: A language and environment for statistical computing. R Foundation for
Statistical Computing.
Sandercock, G.A. & Scudder, G.G.. (1994) An Introduction and Key to the Freshwater Calanoid
Copepods (crustacea ) of British Columbia. Vancouver.
Savage, V.M., Gilloly, J.F., Brown, J.H. & Charnov, E.L. (2004) Effects of body size and
temperature on population growth. The American Naturalist, 163, 429–41.
Shelomi, M. (2012) Where are we now? Bergmann’s Rule sensu lato in insects. The American
Naturalist, 180, 511–519.
Shurin, J.B. (2000) Dispersal limitation, invasion resistance, and the structure of pond
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
101
zooplankton communities. Ecology, 81, 3074–3086.
Shurin, J.B., Arnott, S.E., Hillebrand, H., Longmuir, A., Pinel-Alloul, B., Winder, M. & Yan,
N.D. (2007) Diversity-stability relationship varies with latitude in zooplankton. Ecology
Letters, 10, 127–34.
Shurin, J.B., Cottenie, K. & Hillebrand, H. (2009) Spatial autocorrelation and dispersal limitation
in freshwater organisms. Oecologia, 159, 151–9.
Smol, J.P., Wolfe, A.P., Birks, H.J.B., Douglas, M.S. V, Jones, V.J., Korhola, A., Pienitz, R.,
Rühland, K., Sorvari, S., Antoniades, D., Brooks, S.J., Fallu, M.-A., Hughes, M., Keatley,
B.E., Laing, T.E., Michelutti, N., Nazarova, L., Nyman, M., Paterson, A.M., Perren, B.,
Quinlan, R., Rautio, M., Saulnier-Talbot, E., Siitonen, S., Solovieva, N. & Weckström, J.
(2005) Climate-driven regime shifts in the biological communities of arctic lakes.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 102,
4397–402.
Soininen, J. & Heino, J. (2005) Relationships between local population persistence, local
abundance and regional occupancy of species: distribution patterns of diatoms in boreal
streams. Journal of Biogeography, 32, 1971–1978.
Soininen, J., Paavola, R. & Muotka, T. (2004) Benthic diatom communities in boreal streams:
community structure in relation to environmental and spatial gradients. Ecography, 27,
330–342.
Soons, M.B., van der Vlugt, C., van Lith, B., Heil, G.W. & Klaassen, M. (2008) Small seed size
increases the potential for dispersal of wetland plants by ducks. Journal of Ecology, 96,
619–627.
The State of British Columbia’s Forests, 3rd Ed. (2010). Prepared for the Ministry of Forests,
Mines and Lands. Victoria, British Columbia.
Thompson, K., Hodgson, J.G. & Gaston, K.J. (1998) Abundance-range size relationships in the
herbaceous flora of central England. Journal of Ecology, 86, 439–448.
Vanschoenwinkel, B., Gielen, S., Seaman, M. & Brendonck, L. (2008) Any way the wind blows
- Frequent wind dispersal drives species sorting in ephemeral aquatic communities. Oikos,
117, 125–134.
Viana, D.S., Figuerola, J., Schwenk, K., Manca, M., Hobaek, A., Mjelde, M., Preston, C.D.,
Gornall, R.J., Croft, J.M., King, R.A., Green, A.J. & Santamaría, L. (2015) Assembly
mechanisms determining high species turnover in aquatic communities over regional and
continental scales. Ecography, 38, 001–008.
Wolkovich, E.M., Cook, B.I., McLauchlan, K.K. & Davies, T.J. (2014) Temporal ecology in the
Anthropocene. Ecology letters, 17, 1365–79.
CHAPTER 5: TEMPORAL TURNOVER IN ZOOPLANKTON COMMUNITIES
102
Woodward, G. (2009) Biodiversity, ecosystem functioning and food webs in fresh waters:
assembling the jigsaw puzzle. Freshwater Biology, 54, 2171–2187.
Woodward, G., Ebenman, B., Emmerson, M., Montoya, J.M., Olesen, J.M., Valido, A. &
Warren, P.H. (2005) Body size in ecological networks. Trends in Ecology and Evolution,
20, 402–9.
103
Chapter 6
General Conclusion
This thesis was motivated by two main questions: how does species diversity change over space
and time? And, are these changes structured by differences in traits among species and across
environmental gradients? I used historical data, observational surveys and manipulative
experiments to address these questions. I found that traits modulate diversity patterns both at
regional scales where metacommunity processes predominate (chapter 2) and across latitudinal
gradients where climate and historical factors are also important for structuring diversity
(chapters 3-5). In what follows, I summarize the main findings and significance of the previous
chapters, while considering some remaining uncertainties. Addressing these uncertainties will
help inform how species traits will structure species diversity under future climatic conditions.
Chapter 2
Significance
The ability of species to disperse through patchy landscapes drive the diversity patterns we see in
nature (Wilson 1992; Holyoak, Leibold & Holt 2005), however metacommunity studies often
ignore or remove dispersal differences among species (Cadotte, Fortner & Fukami 2006; Howeth
& Leibold 2010; Declerck et al. 2013). Chapter 2 considered the dispersal mode of plants and
demonstrated the importance of considering dispersal modes of focal species for explaining the
diversity patterns of heterogeneous metacommunities. I found that patch isolation and patch area
have surprisingly variable effects on plant diversity that depend on dispersal mode. Wind-
dispersed plants, for example, show no increase in diversity with patch size but a strong response
to patch connectivity, whereas animal dispersed species show the opposite patterns.
Future directions
Although grouping plants by their dispersal mode clarified the influence of patch size and
connectivity on diversity, I found that not all species within a dispersal group responded
similarly. For example, both Rocky Mountain juniper (Juniperus scopulorum) and prickly wild
rose (Rosa acicularis) are animal dispersed, but differ in their association with large or small
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
104
stands. I suspect that this within group variation for plants dispersed by animal vectors reflect
species-specific habitat constraints. If species are selecting habitat using different criteria or are
being excluded by competitors (Chase, Burgett & Biro 2010; Vanschoenwinkel, Buschke &
Brendonck 2013), the influence of size and connectivity will be obscured (Resetarits 2005;
Matthiessen, Mielke & Sommer 2010). Future work that explicitly considers interspecific
differences in dispersal and species interactions within the broader “mode” classification will
help isolate how spatial dynamics structure diversity in this ecosystem.
The empirical sampling I used was powerful in that it used a naturally patchy metacommunity of
understory plants. This allowed me to avoid confounding effects that occur with anthropogenic
fragmentation, which can cause extinction debts that alter diversity estimates (Vellend et al.
2006; Krauss et al. 2010), or create artificial communities, that do not function as a
metacommunity under natural conditions (Cadotte 2006). However, this observational approach
necessitated that I make some assumptions regarding the status of the understory plant
community. Specifically, I assumed that communities were at equilibrium (sensu MacArthur &
Wilson 1967), which, as I observed in chapter 5, is not necessarily a safe assumption. Moreover,
my approach precluded me from discriminating definitively among the mechanisms underlying
the patterns I observed. Recently, ecologists have articulated an experimental metacommunity
“best practices” to serve a guide for researchers to craft experiments that can differentiate
between alternative hypotheses (Grainger & Gilbert 2016). Chief among their recommendations
is the selection of species that reflect real differences in dispersal and experimental designs that
allow species to colonize patches naturally. By demonstrating that traits associated with dispersal
alter the association between patch size and connectivity, this work represents an important first
step that should be followed by a more general shift to experimentally testing how interspecific
differences in dispersal maintain diversity in natural systems.
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
105
Chapter 3
Significance
An increase in organism body size at higher latitudes is a widely accepted ecogeographic rule
(e.g., Ashton 2002). However, in chapter 3 of this thesis I document body size-latitude
associations that do not conform to expected patterns. Unlike previous research that tests only
interspecific body size trends and shows a decrease in body size at lower latitudes (e.g., Gillooly
& Dodson 2000; Beaver et al. 2014), I tested inter- and intra-specific trends and detected weak
and variable relationships between zooplankton body size and latitude. Moreover, other
environmental factors were just as likely as latitude to affect the body size of zooplankton. These
results appear to be in opposition to many recent experimental studies, which have documented a
reduction in the body size of ectotherms at higher temperatures (Daufresne, Lengfellner &
Sommer 2009).
Future directions
Overall, the intraspecific results of this study suggest that experiments demonstrating a reduction
in body size at high temperatures may represent plastic changes (Teplitsky et al. 2008), as these
patterns are not consistent with samples collected in nature that have adapted to their temperature
regime over long time periods. Determining the effects of temperature on the fitness,
development time and body size of ectotherms represent a considerable challenge (Ohlberger
2013). This is largely because dynamic plastic responses to temperature can obscure long-term
responses to temperature and lead to trade-offs in development time and fitness (Savage et al.
2004; Gotthard, Berger & Walters 2007). In future work, efforts should focus on disentangling
plastic from genetic changes to isolate directional and stabilizing selection on body size with
increasing temperature. Future research will also need to address how plastic and genetic
changes in body size alter population and community dynamics (Kingsolver & Pfenning 2007;
Kingsolver & Huey 2008). Although these are formidable challenges, they are necessary to
address in order to understand and predict short- and long-term responses of communities to
global climate change.
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
106
Chapter 4
Significance
The importance of dormancy for community dynamics in both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems
is often overlooked, especially in climate change research. In chapter 4, I tested the effects of day
length and temperature on the hatching dynamics of zooplankton that originate from lakes
spanning an 1800 km latitudinal gradient. These cues consistently terminate dormancy in
zooplankton (Stross 1966; May 1987; De Stasio 2004), and are being modified by climate
change; however, we lack studies that test how the interactive effects of these cues will alter
dormancy dynamics, and especially whether their effects depend on the latitude of the
zooplankton communities. Moreover, the majority of egg bank studies to date have considered
the responses of a single taxon at a time (e.g., Vandekerkhove, Declerck & Brendonck 2005),
preventing an analysis of the generality of species’ responses. Indeed, my results are the first to
reveal that copepods and cladocerans from a common set of lakes show systematically different
responses to day length and temperature.
Future directions
This project documents interesting latitudinal patterns in zooplankton hatching, however I was
unable to determine if the differences in hatching that I observed represent an evolutionary stable
bet hedging strategy. Bet hedging should cause a reduction in hatching rates as temporal
variation increases (Cohen 1968; Ellner 1985). The role of dormancy for optimizing
reproduction in heterogeneous environments has been well explored in plant communities. For
example, Venable (2007) used a long-term dataset of desert annual plants to demonstrate that the
relationship between environmental conditions, reproductive variability, and germination
fractions are consistent with theory on bet hedging. However, despite the influence of
environmental conditions on the fitness of freshwater zooplankton, we lack evidence that
differences in environmental responses and reproductive variability correspond to dormancy in
zooplankton. Future work should focus on predictions for bet hedging both within communities
and across a latitudinal gradient, to test whether higher rates of dormancy are indeed adaptive at
higher latitudes. This knowledge is critical to understanding the effects of climate change and
climate variability on species persistence.
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
107
Chapter 5
Significance
The effect of climate change on species persistence depends on the biotic and abiotic attributes
of those communities. In chapter 5, I resampled zooplankton communities and provide evidence
that changes to community composition depend on geographic location and are associated with
differences in colonization-extinction dynamics and species traits. By resampling communities
across a broad north-south latitudinal gradient, I test and subsequently reject a common
hypothesis that higher latitude communities change faster than lower latitude sites (e.g., Smol et
al. 2005). Determining if rates of community change depend on geographic location, and the
traits associated with this change, is an important first step to predicting the vulnerability of
communities to anthropogenic change.
Future directions
The association between species traits and colonization success that I document suggest that
current environmental conditions are favoring smaller, locally abundant species. Although, the
generality of this compositional shift should be investigated in additional taxa, this observation
has the potential to have large consequences. For aquatic zooplankton, body size affects
ecological processes including population maintenance, competitive asymmetries and predator-
prey dynamics (Gliwicz 1990; Yodzis & Innes 1992; Woodward et al. 2005). Together, this
suggests that changes to community composition could scale up to alter ecosystem dynamics,
and based on my results, these effects will be greater in temperate lakes.
Conclusion
The findings presented in this thesis attempt to connect the characteristics of species and their
environment to make inferences about the forces that structure diversity. I demonstrate the
importance of traits for diversity patterns locally and across broad latitudinal gradients. My
results caution against the use of space-for-time substitutions, as latitudinal differences in
hatching dynamics (chapter 4) and community shifts (chapter 5) would not have been predicted
based on environmental conditions alone. The geographic signature of community shifts, as well
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
108
as persistence strategies such as dormancy that are influenced by climate, should be incorporated
into future work that tests how global changes will alter community dynamics.
Literature cited
Ashton, K.G. (2002) Patterns of within-species body size variation of birds: strong evidence for
Bergmann’s rule. Global Ecology and Biogeography, 11, 505–523.
Beaver, J.R., Tausz, C.E., Renicker, T.R., Holdren, G.C., Hosler, D.M., Manis, E.E., Scotese,
K.C., Teacher, C.E., Vitanye, B.T. & Davidson, R.M. (2014) The late summer crustacean
zooplankton in western U.S.A reservoirs reflects ecoregion, temperature and latitude.
Freshwater Biology, 59, 1173–1186.
Cadotte, M.W. (2006) Dispersal and species diversity: a meta-analysis. The American Naturalist,
167, 913–924.
Cadotte, M.W., Fortner, A.M. & Fukami, T. (2006) The effects of resource enrichment,
dispersal, and predation on local and metacommunity structure. Oecologia, 149, 150–157.
Chase, J.M., Burgett, A.A. & Biro, E.G. (2010) Habitat isolation moderates the strength of top-
down control in experimental pond food webs. Ecology, 91, 637–643.
Cohen, D. (1968) A general model of optimal reproduction in a randomly varying environment.
Journal of Ecology, 56, 219–228.
Daufresne, M., Lengfellner, K. & Sommer, U. (2009) Global warming benefits the small in
aquatic ecosystems. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106, 12788–12793.
Declerck, S.A.J., Winter, C., Shurin, J.B., Suttle, C.A. & Matthews, B. (2013) Effects of patch
connectivity and heterogeneity on metacommunity structure of planktonic bacteria and
viruses. The ISME journal, 7, 533–42.
Ellner, S. (1985) ESS germination strategies in randomly varying environments. II. Reciprocal
Yield-Law models. Theoretical Population Biology, 28, 80–116.
Gillooly, J.F. & Dodson, S.I. (2000) Latitudinal patterns in the size distribution and seasonal
dynamics of new world, freshwater cladocerans. Limnology and Oceanography, 45, 22–30.
Gliwicz, Z.M. (1990) Food thresholds and body size in cladocerans. Nature, 343, 638–640.
Gotthard, K., Berger, D. & Walters, R. (2007) What keeps insects small? Time limitation during
oviposition reduces the fecundity benefit of female size in a butterfly. The American
Naturalist, 169, 768–779.
Grainger, T. & Gilbert, B. (2016) Dispersal and diversity in experimental metacommunities:
linking theory and practice. Oikos, 10.1111/oik.03018.
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
109
Holyoak, M., Leibold, M.A. & Holt, R.D. (2005) Metacommunities: Spatial Dynamics and
Ecological Communities (eds M Holyoak, MA Leibold, and RD Holt). The University of
Chicago Press.
Howeth, J.G. & Leibold, M.A. (2010) Species dispersal rates alter diversity and ecosystem
stability in pond metacommunities. Ecology, 91, 2727–2741.
Kingsolver, J.G. & Huey, R.B. (2008) Size, temperature, and fitness: three rules. Evolutionary
Ecology Research, 10, 251–268.
Kingsolver, J.. & Pfenning, D.. (2007) Patterns and power of phenotypic selection in nature.
BioScience, 57, 561.
Krauss, J., Bommarco, R., Guardiola, M., Heikkinen, R.K., Helm, A., Kuussaari, M., Lindborg,
R., Ockinger, E., Pärtel, M., Pino, J., Pöyry, J., Raatikainen, K.M., Sang, A., Stefanescu, C.,
Teder, T., Zobel, M. & Steffan-Dewenter, I. (2010) Habitat fragmentation causes immediate
and time-delayed biodiversity loss at different trophic levels. Ecology letters, 13, 597–605.
MacArthur, R.H. & Wilson, E.O. (1967) The Theory of Island Biogeography (ed RH
MacArthur). Princeton University Press.
Matthiessen, B., Mielke, E. & Sommer, U. (2010) Dispersal decreases diversity in heterogeneous
metacommunities by enhancing regional competition. Ecology, 91, 2022–2033.
May, L. (1987) Effect of incubation temperature on the hatching of rotifer resting eggs collected
from sediments. Hydrobiologia, 147, 335–338.
Ohlberger, J. (2013) Climate warming and ectotherm body size - from individual physiology to
community ecology (ed C Fox). Functional Ecology, 27, 991–1001.
Resetarits, W.J. (2005) Habitat selection behaviour links local and regional scales in aquatic
systems. Ecology letters, 8, 480–6.
Savage, V.M., Gilloly, J.F., Brown, J.H. & Charnov, E.L. (2004) Effects of body size and
temperature on population growth. The American Naturalist, 163, 429–41.
Smol, J.P., Wolfe, A.P., Birks, H.J.B., Douglas, M.S. V, Jones, V.J., Korhola, A., Pienitz, R.,
Rühland, K., Sorvari, S., Antoniades, D., Brooks, S.J., Fallu, M.-A., Hughes, M., Keatley,
B.E., Laing, T.E., Michelutti, N., Nazarova, L., Nyman, M., Paterson, A.M., Perren, B.,
Quinlan, R., Rautio, M., Saulnier-Talbot, E., Siitonen, S., Solovieva, N. & Weckström, J.
(2005) Climate-driven regime shifts in the biological communities of arctic lakes.
Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 102,
4397–402.
De Stasio, B.T. (2004) Diapause in Calanoid Copepods: within-clutch hatching patterns. Journal
of Limnology, 63, 26–31.
CHAPTER 6: GENERAL CONCLUSION
110
Stross, R.G. (1966) Light and temperature requirements for diapause development and release in
Daphnia. Ecology, 47, 368–374.
Teplitsky, C., Mills, J.A., Alho, J.S., Yarrall, J.W. & Merilä, J. (2008) Bergmann’s rule and
climate change revisited: disentangling environmental and genetic responses in a wild bird
population. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of
America, 105, 13492–6.
Vandekerkhove, J., Declerck, S. & Brendonck, L.U.C. (2005) Hatching of cladoceran resting
eggs: temperature and photoperiod. Freshwater Biology, 96–104.
Vanschoenwinkel, B., Buschke, F. & Brendonck, L. (2013) Disturbance regime alters the impact
of dispersal on alpha and beta diversity in a natural metacommunity. Ecology, 94, 2547–
2557.
Vellend, M., Verheyen, K., Jacquemyn, H., Kolb, A., Van Calster, H., Peterken, G. & Hermy, M.
(2006) Extinction debt of forest plants persists for more than a century following habitat
fragmentation. Ecology, 87, 542–548.
Venable, D.L. (2007) Bet hedging in a guild of desert annuals. Ecology, 88, 1086–1090.
Wilson, D. (1992) Complex interactions in metacommunities, with implications for biodiversity
and higher levels of selection. Ecology, 73, 1984–2000.
Woodward, G., Ebenman, B., Emmerson, M., Montoya, J.M., Olesen, J.M., Valido, A. &
Warren, P.H. (2005) Body size in ecological networks. Trends in Ecology and Evolution,
20, 402–9.
Yodzis, P. & Innes, S. (1992) Body Size and Consumer-Resource Dynamics. The American
Naturalist, 139, 1151.
111
Appendix A: Supplementary information to Chapter 2
Table S2.1. Species list from aspen stands and grassland plots in Lac Du Bois Provincial Park,
British Columbia, Canada (see main text for sampling protocol). Aspen-associated species
occurred in aspen stands at least 66% of the time. Unknown species were identified to the
generic or family level, we selected a seed type based on the predominate characteristics of that
genus or family. Species were identified using the Illustrated Flora of British Columbia and
follow the nomenclature of (Douglas et al. 1998).
Scientific name Status
Growth
form Seed type Association
Agropyron repens exotic grass no mechanism aspen
Agrostis gigantea exotic grass no mechanism aspen
Amelanchier alnifolia native shrub animal aid aspen
Antennaria pulcherrima native forb wind aid aspen
Aquilegia formosa native forb no mechanism aspen
Arabis hirsuta native forb wind aid aspen
Argentinia anserina native forb no mechanism aspen
Aster unknown forb wind aid aspen
Aster unknown forb wind aid aspen
Aster unknown forb wind aid aspen
Aster conspicuus native forb wind aid aspen
Betula occidentalis native tree wind aid aspen
Betula papyifera native tree wind aid aspen
Big aster unknown forb wind aid aspen
Bromis anomalus native grass no mechanism aspen
Calamagrostis canadensis native grass no mechanism aspen
Calamagrostis rubescens native grass no mechanism aspen
Carex unknown grass no mechanism aspen
Carex unknown grass no mechanism aspen
Carex bebbii native grass no mechanism aspen
Carex deweyana native grass no mechanism aspen
Circium sp. unknown forb wind aid aspen
Cirsium arvense exotic forb wind aid aspen
Cirsium vulgare exotic forb wind aid aspen
Cornus canadensis native forb animal aid aspen
Cynoglossum officinale exotic forb animal aid aspen
Dactylis glomerata exotic grass no mechanism aspen
Elymus glaucus native grass no mechanism aspen
Fragaria vesca native forb animal aid aspen
Fragaria virginiana native forb animal aid aspen
Fritillaria lanceolata native forb no mechanism aspen
Heuchera cylindrica native forb no mechanism aspen
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
112
Juncus effusus native forb no mechanism aspen
Juniperus communis native shrub animal aid aspen
Juniperus scopulorum native shrub animal aid aspen
Lactuca serriola exotic forb wind aid aspen
Lathyrus ochroleucus native forb no mechanism aspen
Lilium columbianum native forb no mechanism aspen
Linnaea borealis native forb no mechanism aspen
Lonicera lanceolata exotic forb animal aid aspen
Mahonia aquifolium native forb animal aid aspen
Mentha arvense native forb no mechanism aspen
Moeringia lateriflora native forb no mechanism aspen
Mohonia aguifolia native forb no mechanism aspen
Osmorhiza chilensis native forb animal aid aspen
Petasites sagitattus native forb wind aid aspen
Phleum pratense exotic grass no mechanism aspen
Polygonum convolvulus exotic forb no mechanism aspen
Potentilla gracilis native forb no mechanism aspen
Prosartes trachycarpa native forb animal aid aspen
Prunus virginiana native shrub animal aid aspen
Pseudotsuga menziesii native tree wind aid aspen
Ribed cereum native shrub animal aid aspen
Ribes lacustre native shrub animal aid aspen
Rosa acicularis native shrub animal aid aspen
Salix sp. native shrub wind aid aspen
Scolochloa festucacea native grass no mechanism aspen
Silene menziesii native forb no mechanism aspen
Smilacina racemosa native forb animal aid aspen
Smilacina stellata native forb animal aid aspen
Sonchus arvensis exotic forb wind aid aspen
Symphoricarpos albus native shrub animal aid aspen
Viola adunca native forb no mechanism aspen
Viola canadensis native forb no mechanism aspen
Viola sp. unknown forb no mechanism aspen
Viola sp. unknown forb no mechanism aspen
Cichorium intybus exotic shrub wind aid grassland/generalist
Achillea millefolium native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Achnatherum nelsonii native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Achnatherum richardsonii native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Agoseris glauca native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Allium cernuum native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Anemone multifida native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Antennaria rosea native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Antennaria sp. native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Antennaria umbrinella native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
113
Arabis drumondii native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Arabis holboellii exotic forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Arenaria capillaris native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Arnica fulgens native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Artemisia tridentata native shrub no mechanism grassland/generalist
Aster unknown forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Aster unknown forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Aster campestris native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Astragalus collinus native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Astragalus miser native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Balsamorhiza sagittata native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus inermis native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus japonicus exotic grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Bromus tetorum exotic grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Calachortus macrocarpus native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Camelina microcarpa exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Campanula rotundifolia native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Carex adusta native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Carex petasata native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Castilleja thompsonii native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Centauria diffusa exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Centauria maculosa exotic forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Cerastium arvense native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Chenopodium album exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Chysothamnus naueosus native shrub wind aid grassland/generalist
Clover unknown unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Collinsia parviflora native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Collomia linearis native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Comandra umbellata native forb animal aid grassland/generalist
Crepis atrabarba native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Delphinium nuttallianum native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Descurania sophia exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Draba nemorosa native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Elymus repens exotic grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Elymus trachycaulus native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Erigeron corymbosus native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Erigeron flaellaris native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Erigeron speciosus native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Eriogonum heracleoides native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Festuca campestris native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Fritillaria pudica native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
114
Gaillardia aristata native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Galium boreale native forb animal aid grassland/generalist
Gentianella amarella native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Geranium viscossissimum native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Geum triflorum native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Hesperostipa comada native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Hieracium sp. unknown forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Ionactis stenomeres unknown forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Juncus balticus native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Lappula occidentalis native forb animal aid grassland/generalist
Lithophragma parviflora native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Lithospermum ruderale native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Lomatium dissectum native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Lomatium macrocarpum native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Lotus denticlulatus native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Medicago lupulina exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Medicago sativa exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Muhlenbergia richardsonis native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Myosotis verna exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Penstamon procerus native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Plantago major native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Poa fendleriana ssp.
Fendleriana native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Poa marstida native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Poa pratensis exotic grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Poa secunda native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Poaceae unknown unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Polygonum douglasii native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Potentilla anserina native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Potentilla diversifolia native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Potentilla glandulosa native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Pseudoroegneria spicata native grass no mechanism grassland/generalist
Rhinanthus minor native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Rosa nutkana native shrub animal aid grassland/generalist
Senecio pseudaureus native forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Silene alba native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Silene noctiflora exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Sisymbrium altissimum exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Sisymbrium loeselii exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Sisyrinchium idahoense native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Spartina gracilis native grass wind aid grassland/generalist
Taraxacum officinale exotic forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Tragopogon dubius exotic forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Trifolium pratense native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
115
Unknown unknown forb unknown grassland/generalist
Unknown Aster unknown forb wind aid grassland/generalist
Unkown unknown forb unknown grassland/generalist
Unkown unknown forb unknown grassland/generalist
Unkown unknown forb unknown grassland/generalist
Unkown unknown forb unknown grassland/generalist
Verbascum thapsus exotic forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Vicia Americana native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Viola glabella unknown forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Viola orbicular native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
Zigadenus venenosus native forb no mechanism grassland/generalist
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
116
Table S2.2.The sensitivity of the effects of log stand size and log stand connectivity on log
species richness by dispersal mode to three alternative criteria to determine aspen-association,
with percentages specifying the percent of occurrences that had to be within aspen stands in
order for a species to be included in the analysis. The analysis in the main text was for a 66%
cut-off, and here we present: 75% (more strict), 50% (less strict), and all species (least restrictive
possible).
75% occurrence in aspen stands
Dispersal mode #
species α estimate
log Stand size log Stand
connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 59 88.5 0.38 5.51 <0.001 -0.21 -2.11 0.047
No dispersal aid 28 5* 0.45 4.83 <0.001 -0.03 -2.37 0.028
Wind-dispersed 14 8.5 0.03 0.28 0.780 0.03 1.45 0.162
Animal-dispersed 17 254.5 0.33 4.79 <0.001 -0.15 -0.94 0.358
50 % occurrence in aspen stands
Dispersal mode #
species α estimate
log Stand size log Stand
connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 75 88.5 0.27 5.26 <0.001 -0.16 -2.13 0.045
No dispersal aid 37 5.0 0.32 4.41 <0.001 -0.02 -2.42 0.025
Wind-dispersed 18 8.5 0.10 1.03 0.313 0.03 1.58 0.128
Animal-dispersed 20 254.5 0.21 4.64 <0.001 -0.05 -0.46 0.652
All species occurring in aspen stands (no species excluded from analysis)
Dispersal mode #
species α estimate
log Stand size log Stand
connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 136 88.5 0.01 0.33 0.742 -0.03 -0.51 0.616
No dispersal aid 79 5.0 -0.04 -0.76 0.456 0.00 -0.48 0.635
Wind-dispersed 35 8.5 -0.08 -1.05 0.308 0.01 0.91 0.373
Animal-dispersed 21 254.5 0.19 4.32 <0.001 -0.03 -0.27 0.793
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
117
Table S2.3. The results of the effects of log stand size and log stand connectivity on log species
richness by dispersal mode when estimating the average dispersal distances (α) using our
maximum likelihood function. We varied the criteria to determine aspen-association from all
species, 75% (more conservative), 66% (intermediate; used in Table 2.1) and 50% (less
conservative). The results using the α estimates that we calculated using the maximum
likelihood function are qualitatively similar to those using published values from the literature
(compare to Table 2.1 and Table S2.2).
All species occurring in aspen stands
Dispersal mode #
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 136 61 0.14 0.37 0.715 -0.02 -0.55 0.586
No dispersal aid 79 65 -0.03 -0.57 0.574 -0.06 -1.01 0.322
Wind-dispersed 35 10* -0.08 -1.04 0.310 0.02 0.90 0.377
Animal-dispersed 21 280 0.19 4.32 <0.001 -0.03 -0.24 0.810
75% occurrence in aspen stands
Dispersal mode
#
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 59 123 0.37 5.57 <0.001 -0.24 -2.2 0.042
No dispersal aid 28 78 0.48 6.14 <0.001 -0.41 -3.9 0.001
Wind-dispersed 14 9 0.03 0.28 0.780 0.03 1.4 0.163
Animal-dispersed 17 254 0.33 4.79 <0.001 -0.15 -0.9 0.358
66 % occurrence in aspen stands
Dispersal mode
#
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 67 102 0.34 24.11 <0.001 -0.2 3.47 0.076
No dispersal aid 32 73* 0.42 5.26 <0.001 -0.36 11.91 0.002
Wind-dispersed 17 5 -0.07 0.45 0.508 0.02 2.97 0.099
Animal-dispersed 18 203 0.29 18.64 <0.001 -0.04 -0.31 0.757
50 % occurrence in aspen stands
Dispersal mode
#
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 67 106 0.34 4.91 <0.001 -0.20 -1.864 0.076
No dispersal aid 32 77 0.42 5.25 <0.001 -0.37 -3.448 0.002
Wind-dispersed 17 9 0.07 0.68 0.506 0.04 1.676 0.109
Animal-dispersed 18 302 0.29 4.36 <0.001 -0.05 -0.272 0.788
*Alpha estimates ranging from 5m-78m provided qualitatively equivalent model fit for this
group.
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
118
Table S2.4. Effects of stand size and stand connectivity on log-transformed species richness by
dispersal mode, with each factor analyzed in separate linear models. The average dispersal
distances are taken from Thomson et al. 2011.
Dispersal mode log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 0.29 4.31 <0.001 0.03 0.26 0.798
No dispersal aid 0.29 3.37 0.003 <0.001 0.002 0.998
Wind-dispersed 0.15 1.74 0.096 0.04 2.41 0.025
Animal-dispersed 0.28 4.55 <0.001 0.15 0.76 0.458
Note: significant effects are bolded; all df = 24. b is the slope of the relationship.
Table S2.5: Effects of stand size and stand connectivity on log-transformed species richness by
dispersal mode with a connectivity function that incorporates the size of the surrounding sites.
Dispersal mode #
species
α
estimate
log Stand size log Stand connectivity
b t1,23 P b t1,23 P
All species 67 249 0.32 4.67 <0.001 -0.16 -1.48 0.153
No dispersal aid 32 109 0.37 4.44 <0.001 -0.25 -2.60 0.017
Wind-dispersed 17 47 0.09 0.96 0.350 0.12 1.70 0.104
Animal-dispersed 18 143 0.29 4.41 <0.001 -0.05 -0.53 0.599
Note: significant effects are bolded; all df = 24. b is the slope of the relationship.
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
119
Figure S2.1. Principal coordinates analysis (PCoA) with Jaccard’s coefficient confirming that
aspen stands differ in species composition from the surrounding grassland matrix. Species that
were highly associated with aspen stands included Rosa nutkana, Symphocarpus albus,
Taraxicum officinale, Osmorhiza chilensis, and Lathyrus ochroleucus. In contrast, species that
were highly associated with the surrounding grassland matrix included Poa secunda, Astralagus
miser, Tragapogon dubius, and Festuca campestris. Smaller aspen stands contained more
grassland-associated species, a commonly observed indicator of edge effects.
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
120
Figure S2.2. Rank abundance curve comparing the abundance of matrix-associated plants to
aspen–associated and generalist species’ in the understory of 24 aspen stands. Abundance was
averaged from cover data that was estimated in each stand from ten 1 m x 0.25 m subplots that
were placed within the single large plot.
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
121
Model Fitting
The fitted parameters in eqn. (1) are the intercept, b1, and b2. The α parameter was estimated with
two approaches: using estimates from the literature and through maximum likelihood fitting.
For the estimates from the literature, we started with the mean dispersal distances provided in
Thomson et al. (2011). There was a computational issue that arose for species with no dispersal
aid using the mean dispersal distance given (2.43 m). When we used the estimated 2.43 m
distance in eqn. (1), the estimated connectivity values were so small that they were calculated as
zero for four stands (stands 18, 47, 62 and 65). Because of an implicit assumption in
metapopulations that there is some probability for species to reach every stand, and because our
zero values resulted from rounding errors for very low connectivity measures, we took two
approaches to correct this. First, we added a small constant (8.0 x 10E-36) to the connectivity
measurement for all stands. This value is two orders of magnitude less than the connectivity
value of the least connected stand that still had a non-zero connectivity. Second, to ensure that
our results were not being driven by a statistical artifact from the addition of that constant, we
also calculated connectivity for species with no dispersal aid using an alpha of 5 m, which is well
within the natural limits of dispersal for unassisted species (range = 0.03-18.37 m; Thomson et
al. 2011). The results were qualitatively the same. When alpha is set to 2.43 m, the connectivity
for those four stands is simply equal to the constant we added, and so we therefore report the
model using a mean dispersal distance of 5 m in Table 2.1 and Figure 2.2. We use a footnote in
Table 2.1 to indicate that running the models using a dispersal distance of 2.43 m did not
qualitatively change the results.
For the maximum likelihood approach, we iteratively tested the parameter space of all plausible
α values (1 to 2000 m), and simultaneously fit the other parameters. We selected the combination
of parameter values that minimized the AIC value of eqn (1) (i.e., that minimized the residual
sum of squares). We also used a connectivity measure that incorporates the size of all donor
stands, with the assumption that stand size affects the potential number of colonizing species, or
the number of colonists per species. To do this, the contribution of stand j to stand i is the
connectivity of two sites (e-dij/αk) × the area of the donor stand (Aj). Our results were
qualitatively similar using connectivity functions that were or were not weighted by the size of
APPENDIX A: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 2
122
donor stands (Table S2.5); we therefore use the unweighted connectivity function from equation
1 in all reported analysis.
Literature Cited
Douglas, G.W., G.B. Straley, D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 1998. Illustrated Flora of
British Columbia, Volume 1: Gymnosperms and Dicotyledons (Aceraceae through
Asteraceae). B.C. Min. Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 436
pp.
Douglas, G.W., G.B. Straley, D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 1998. Illustrated Flora of
British Columbia, Volume 2: Dicotyledons (Balsaminaceae through Cuscutaceae). B.C.
Min. Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 401 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 1999. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 3: Dicotyledons (Diapensiaceae through Onagraceae). B.C. Min.
Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 423 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 1999. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 4: Dicotyledons (Orobanchaceae through Rubiaceae). B.C. Min.
Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 427 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 2000. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 5: Dicotyledons (Salicaceae through Zygophyllaceae) and
Pteridophytes. B.C. Min. Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C.
389 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 2001. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 6: Monocotyledons (Acoraceae through Najadaceae). B.C. Min.
Environ., Lands and Parks, and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 361 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 2001. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 7: Monocotyledons (Orchidaceae through Zosteraceae). B.C. Min.
Sustain. Res. Manage., and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 379 pp.
Douglas, G.W., D.V. Meidinger, and J. Pojar (Editors). 2002. Illustrated Flora of British
Columbia, Volume 8: General Summary, Maps and Keys. B.C. Min. Sustain. Res.
Manage., and B.C. Min. For., Victoria, B.C. 457 pp.
123
Appendix B: Supplementary information to Chapter 3
Figure S3.1. The correlation between surface temperature and latitude in the 19 lakes that we
collected zooplankton from in western Canada in the summer of 2011.
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
124
Figure S3.2. The relationship between latitude and mean body size for the 10 species that
occurred in a minimum of three lakes. The species names are as follows: a) Daphnia pulex, b)
Diaphanosoma luechtenb., c) Bosmina longirostris, d) Diacyclops thomasi, e) Acanthocyclops
vernalis, f) Daphnia longiremis, g) Cyclops scutifer, h) Daphnia longispina, i) Holopedium
gibberum, j) Leptodora kindii. Error bars represent one standard error of the mean. See Table 3.1
linear model summaries.
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
125
Table S3.1. Lakes and their associated physical and environmental characteristics. See Table S3.2 for a summary of which lakes were
included in each chapter of this thesis.
Lake name Historical
sampling
date*
2011
sampling
date
Latitude
(°)
Longitude
(°)
Lake
size
(km2)
Max
depth
(m)
Elevation
(m)
TDS
(mg/L)
DO
(µmg/L)
pH Chlor
a
(ug/L)
Adams 1986 29-Jul-11 51.3 -119.5 137.00 464 404 0.02 9.6 8.2
0
.5
Alleyne 1-Aug-51 29-Jul-11 49.9 -120.6 0.55 36 1016 0.22 8.1 8.9
0
.8
Beaver 15-Jul-29 09-Jul-11 52.5 -121.9 2.55 23 1201 0.12 0.1 8.3
6
.0
Becker 15-Jul-57 08-Jul-11 51.8 -121.1 0.10 11 879 0.17 0.8 8.6
1
7.7
Braeburn 28-Jul-70 15-Jul-11 61.5 -135.8 6.00 37 760 0.15 2.5 8.6
2
.2
Cobb 1-Aug-58 10-Jul-11 54.0 -123.5 2.00 10 783 0.04 7.1 8.2
2
.1
Corbett 15-Jul-67 29-Jul-11 50.0 -120.6 2.90 20 1065 0.35 8.3 8.5
1
.6
Dease 15-Jul-47 11-Jul-11 58.5 -130.0 16.22 142 753 0.08 11.2 8.4
1
.3
Dezadeash 8-Nov-70 14-Jul-11 60.5 -137.0 77.20 8 702 0.29 1.5 8.6
1
.1
Fox 22-Jun-75 15-Jul-11 60.5 -137.0 15.90 75 835 0.15 18.3 8.7
-
0.1
Frenchman 21-Aug-75 17-Jul-11 62.2 -135.8 14.10 39 535 0.12 3.4 8.7
0
.6
Harrison 1999 29-Jul-11 50.1 -121.5 218.00 270 41 0.02 9.2 8.4
0
.8
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
126
Heffley 1-Aug-50 28-Jul-11 50.8 -120.1 2.23 27 993 0.10 2.7 9.0
1
.6
Hicks 15-Jul-25 05-Jul-11 49.3 -121.7 1.04 55 230 0.01 9.1 8.7
-
0.2
Kathlyn 1-Aug-58 10-Jul-11 54.8 -127.2 1.70 10 506 0.02 0.9 8.3
3
.0
Kawkawa 17-Jul-40 29-Jul-11 49.4 -121.4 0.77 14 76 0.05 9.6 8.4
1
.1
Kentucky 1-Aug-51 29-Jul-11 49.9 -120.6 0.36 40 1029 0.19 8.5 8.7
1
.3
Kluane 12-Aug-70 18-Jul-11 61.3 -138.7 409.50 82 781 0.11 2.5 8.8
0
.4
Lakelse 1-Aug-75 21-Jul-11 54.4 -128.6 20.00 20 72 0.02 5.5 8.1
1
.5
Little Atlin 30-Jul-70 19-Jul-11 60.3 -134.0 39.80 14 686 0.11 5.4 8.9
0
.9
Little Salmon 22-Aug-75 16-Jul-11 62.2 -134.7 62.60 96 608 0.10 12.2 8.7
1
.4
Maxan 1-Jul-61 23-Jul-11 54.3 -126.1 24.00 24 762 0.02 7.5 8.0
7
.4
McConnel 1-Aug-50 29-Jul-11 50.5 -120.5 0.39 24 1313 0.15 7.8 8.3
1
.5
Meziadin 1-Jul-74 11-Jul-11 56.1 -129.3 31.10 133 246 0.03 5.7 8.5
1
.0
Minto 21-Jul-70 17-Jul-11 63.7 -136.2 4.30 33 685 0.09 1.2 8.5
1
.9
Ness 1-Aug-52 09-Jul-11 54.0 -123.1 2.10 18 781 0.07 20.9 8.6
1
.3
Nicola 15-Jul-66 29-Jul-11 50.2 -120.5 62.15 55 630 0.08 9.0 8.8
4
.2
Paul 1-Aug-50 27-Jul-11 50.7 -120.1 3.90 55 769 0.14 0.9 8.8
1
.4
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
127
Pemberton 1-Aug-50 27-Jul-11 50.8 -119.9 0.12 14 1239 0.11 0.0 8.8
1
.7
Pillar 1-Aug-48 06-Jul-11 50.6 -119.6 0.43 16 953 0.08 2.6 8.3
1
.7
Pinantin 1-Aug-50 27-Jul-11 50.7 -122.6 0.68 19 878 0.14 3.2 8.8
3
.9
Pine 31-Aug-75 18-Jul-11 60.1 -130.9 4.30 27 685 0.12 2.8 8.7
0
.6
Quiet 2-Aug-70 19-Jul-11 61.1 -133.1 53.00 100 802 0.04 4.0 8.8
1
.4
Seymour 1-Aug-58 22-Jul-11 54.7 -127.2 0.70 9 523 190.00 3.9 8.3
1
.1
Shuswap 15-Jul-57 29-Jul-11 50.9 -119.3 309.60 267 348 0.03 9.8 8.8
0
.9
Sullivan 1-Aug-50 28-Jul-11 51.0 -120.1 86.71 24 1166 0.13 3.0 8.8
1
.7
Summit 1964 27-Jul-11 54.3 -122.6 13.84 16 721 0.02 5.4 7.7
3
.7
Tatchun 25-Jul-70 16-Jul-11 62.3 -136.2 6.60 53 535 0.12 4.6 8.4
4
.5
Walloper 1-Aug-50 26-Jul-11 50.5 -120.5 0.36 8 1324 -0.01 1.6 8.5
2
2.3
Watson 7-Aug-70 12-Jul-11 60.1 -128.8 14.30 20 680 0.08 0.7 8.7
1
.4
Wheeler 19-Aug-75 12-Jul-11 59.7 -129.2 2.80 30 663 0.18 8.2 8.6
2
.7
White 15-Jul-69 07-Jul-11 50.9 -119.3 5.61 40 470 0.11 5.9 8.7
0
.3
Wood 1-Aug-71 06-Jul-11 50.1 -119.4 0.27 10 391 0.13 26.5 8.9
2
.6
*For three lakes only the sampling year was available.
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
128
Table S3.2. Summary of each lake and the chapters of this thesis that the lake was included in.
Lake name Latitude
(°)
Longitude
(°)
Included
in Ch. 3
Included
in Ch. 4
Included
in Ch. 5
Adams 51.3 -119.5 yes no yes
Alleyne 49.9 -120.6 no no yes
Beaver 52.5 -121.9 yes yes yes
Becker 51.8 -121.1 yes no yes
Braeburn 61.5 -135.8 no no yes
Cobb 54.0 -123.5 no yes yes
Corbett 50.0 -120.6 yes no yes
Dease 58.5 -130.0 yes no yes
Dezadeash 60.5 -137.0 no yes yes
Fox 60.5 -137.0 yes no yes
Frenchman 62.2 -135.8 no yes yes
Harrison 50.1 -121.5 no no yes
Heffley 50.8 -120.1 no yes yes
Hicks 49.3 -121.7 no no yes
Kathlyn 54.8 -127.2 no no yes
Kawkawa 49.4 -121.4 yes no yes
Kentucky 49.9 -120.6 yes yes yes
Kluane 61.3 -138.7 no yes yes
Lakelse 54.4 -128.6 yes yes yes
Little Atlin 60.3 -134.0 no yes yes
Little Salmon 62.2 -134.7 yes no yes
Maxan 54.3 -126.1 no yes yes
McConnel 50.5 -120.5 no yes yes
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
129
Meziadin 56.1 -129.3 yes yes yes
Minto 63.7 -136.2 no yes yes
Ness 54.0 -123.1 yes yes yes
Nicola 50.2 -120.5 no no yes
Paul 50.7 -120.1 yes no yes
Pemberton 50.8 -119.9 no yes yes
Pillar 50.6 -119.6 no yes yes
Pinantin 50.7 -122.6 no yes yes
Pine 60.1 -130.9 yes yes yes
Quiet 61.1 -133.1 yes no yes
Seymour 54.7 -127.2 no yes yes
Shuswap 50.9 -119.3 no no yes
Sullivan 51.0 -120.1 no yes yes
Summit 54.3 -122.6 yes yes yes
Tatchun 62.3 -136.2 yes no yes
Walloper 50.5 -120.5 no yes yes
Watson 60.1 -128.8 no yes yes
Wheeler 59.7 -129.2 no yes yes
White 50.9 -119.3 yes yes yes
Wood 50.1 -119.4 yes no yes
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
130
Table S3.3. Model summaries for the effect of temperature on the average body size of 10 zooplankton species. The maximum and
minimum body sizes were back transformed from the predicted values generated by the linear model. Species names follow the
taxonomy of Thorp and Covich (2010) and Sandercock and Scudder (1994).
Minimum Maximum
Species Temp
(°C)
Predicted
body size
(µm)
Temp
(°C)
Predicted
body size
(µm)
Number of
lakes
% change in
body size
P-value
Acanthocyclops vernalis 15.5 207 20.5 221 4 7 0.2632
Bosmina longirostris 7.2 220 20.8 193 16 -14 0.8311
Cyclops scutifer 11.9 223 16.2 331 8 33 0.5017
Daphnia longiremis 11.9 345 19.8 374 10 8 0.4040
Daphnia longispina 13.3 390 20.8 403 6 3 0.3779
Daphnia pulex 7.2 516 20.5 548 8 6 0.5949
Diacyclops thomasi 7.2 302 20.8 292 12 -3 0.6119
Diaphanosoma luechtenb. 15.3 376 20.8 351 7 -7 0.7081
Holopedium gibberum 15.3 502 20.5 190 3 -164 <0.0001
Leptodora kindii 16.5 1167 20.8 1936 3 40 0.3244
APPENDIX B: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 3
131
Table S3.4. Summary of species level estimates from linear mixed model with latitude only
(without covariates) and with latitude and with covariates (lake depth, [chlorophyll a], [dissolved
oxygen], fish richness). Species names follow the taxonomy of Thorp and Covich (2010) and
Sandercock and Scudder (1994).”
Species
Estimate (without
covariates)
Estimate (with
covariates)
Acanthocyclops vernalis 0.06 ± 0.11 0.17 ± 0.20
Bosmina longirostris 0.01 ± 0.11 -0.14 ± 0.19
Cyclops scutifer -0.09 ± 0.11 0.14 ± 0.22
Daphnia longiremis 0.00 ± 0.11 -0.18 ± 0.20
Daphnia longispina -0.10 ± 0.12 -0.92 ± 0.26
Daphnia pulex -0.20 ± 0.12 -0.04 ± 0.20
Diacyclops thomasi 0.00 ± 0.11 -0.12 ± 0.20
Diaphanosoma leuchtenb. 0.52 ± 0.13 0.84 ± 0.21
Holopedium gibberum 0.51 ± 0.26 1.35 ± 0.37
Leptodora kindii -1.09 ± 0.28 -1.23 ± 0.62
132
Appendix C: Supplementary information to Chapter 4
Figure S4.1. Latitudinal changes in six physical and chemical characteristics from the 25 lakes
that we collected sediment containing zooplankton egg banks from in July 2011. All chemical
characteristics were quantified at the same time as sediment collection. The measurements were
taken mid-lake using a YSI 6-series multiparameter water quality sonde (Integrated Systems &
Services, Yellow Spring, OH, USA). We used published estimates of lake size and depth from
the literature (Anderson 1974; Lindsey et al. 1981). No correlations were significant (all P values
> 0.15).
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
133
Figure S4.2. Schematic of experimental design. Sediment from 25 lakes was collected from
across a latitudinal gradient and exposed to four treatment combinations. Numbers indicate the
degrees latitude of each lake. See Table S4.1 for the corresponding lake names and the methods
section in the main text for a detailed description of the experimental approach.
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
134
Figure S4.3. Relationship between the crustacean zooplankton species richness of our 25
experimental lakes and latitude. Species richness was calculated by summing the unique species
identified in historical samples and the samples we collected in 2011.
R2
= 0.20, p=0.002
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
135
Figure S4.4. The effect of temperature and day length on the hatching of three zooplankton
species that occurred across the latitudinal gradient (2 copepods, a & c, and 1 cladoceran, b). If
local adaptation causes greater relative hatching rates in ‘home’ conditions, we would expect to
see red points above blue points at low latitudes and blue points above red points at high
latitudes (i.e., there would be higher hatching rates for low latitude populations under warm,
short days or and relatively high hatching for northern populations under cool and long days).
For each of these species there was little evidence of higher hatching rates in typical ‘home’
conditions relative to away conditions. Instead, at the species level the abundance of hatchlings
shows idiosyncratic patterns with respect across latitude. Points are jittered to reduce overlap.
136
Table S4.1. Summary of temperature and day length data during ice-off. If ice off occurred at the beginning of a month, an average
was taken between that month and the previous month. If ice off occurred at the end of a month, and average was taken between the
current month and the following month. If ice off happened during the middle of the month, the average of that month was calculated.
Ice off dates differ in precision and were obtained from the Polar Data Catalogue (polardata.ca) and The National Snow and Ice Data
Center (nsidc.org). Average temperatures were obtained from the Canadian Center for Climate Normals (climate.weatheroffice.gc.ca).
Photoperiod data was obtained from (ou.edu/research/electron/internet/solarjav.html).
Lake Latitude
Ice-off
interval
Ice-off
average
temperature
interval
Mean air
temperature (°C)
photoperiod
(hrs)
Beaver 52.250 No data Late April 1971-2000 11 No data
Cobb 54.817 No data mid-April 1971-2000 4.4 14.01
Dezadeash 61.467 1966-1985 May 15th 1971-2000 6.1 17:10
Frenchman 61.250 1947-1966 May 31st 1971-2000 9 19:00
Heffley 50.967 1973-2011 April 22nd 1971-2000 9.7 13.48
Kentucky 49.917 No data April 15th 1971-2000 9.7 13.45
Kluane 60.126 1966-1985 May 15th 1971-2000 1.7 17:30
Lakelse 54.366 2008-2011 April 9th 1971-2000 6.2 13.37
Little.Atlin 61.094 No data Late May 1971-2000 10.25 17:55
Maxan 54.300 No data mid-April 1971-2000 3.5 14:03
McConnel 50.167 No data May 1971-2000 No data 14.5
Meziadin 58.450 No data No data No data No data No data
Minto 63.683 No data No data No data No data No data
Ness 54.017 2005 April 20th 1971-2000 3.9 14.23
Pemberton 50.733 No data early April 1971-2000 7.3 13:10
Pillar 50.583 No data early April 1971-2000 7.25 13.13
Pinantin 50.740 No data mid-April No data No data 13.48
Pine 60.254 1966-1985 May 15th 1971-2000 6.1 17:10
Seymour 54.750 2003 April 17th 1971-2000 4.8 14.14
Sullivan 50.967 No data early May 1971-2000 12.05 15
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
137
Summit 50.833 No data mid-April 1971-2000 4.4 14.03
Walloper 50.483 No data mid May 1971-2000 14.4 15.27
Watson 60.117 1957-1991 May 1st 1971-2000 3.7 16:01
Wheeler 60.117 1948-1988 May 12th 1971-2000 6.4 16:50
White 50.883 2009-2011 early April 1971-2000 7.8 12.55
138
Table S4.2. The treatment allocation and corresponding latitude of the 25 lakes that we collected
sediment from. See Figure S4.3 for a schematic of the experimental design and the methods
section in the main text for a detailed description of the experimental approach.
Lake
name
Bath
tank Rack Position Temperature(°C) Photoperiod
(hours) Latitude
Cobb 1 1 1 8 16 53.95
Maxan 1 1 2 8 16 54.30
Pemberton 1 1 3 8 16 50.78
Walloper 1 1 4 8 16 50.48
Summit 1 1 5 8 16 54.25
McConnel 2 1 1 12 16 50.52
Pinantin 2 1 2 12 16 50.74
Heffley 2 1 3 12 16 50.83
Wheeler 2 1 4 12 16 59.69
Kentucky 2 1 5 12 16 49.90
Summit 3 2 1 8 12 54.25
Seymour 3 2 2 8 12 54.75
Lakelse 3 2 3 8 12 54.37
Minto 3 2 4 8 12 63.68
Heffley 3 2 5 8 12 50.83
Maxan 4 2 1 8 12 54.30
Walloper 4 2 2 8 12 50.48
Pinantin 4 2 3 8 12 50.74
Ness 4 2 4 8 12 54.02
Pine 4 2 5 8 12 60.13
Pemberton 5 3 1 12 12 50.78
Sullivan 5 3 2 12 12 50.97
Meziadin 5 3 3 12 12 56.07
Beaver 5 3 4 12 12 52.25
Frenchman 5 3 5 12 12 62.17
Lakelse 6 3 1 12 12 54.37
Minto 6 3 2 12 12 63.68
Maxan 6 3 3 12 12 54.30
Little Atlin 6 3 4 12 12 60.25
Seymour 6 3 5 12 12 54.75
Sullivan 7 4 1 12 16 50.97
Minto 7 4 2 12 16 63.68
Lakelse 7 4 3 12 16 54.37
Watson 7 4 4 12 16 60.12
White 7 4 5 12 16 50.88
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
139
Lake
name
Bath
tank Rack Position Temperature(°C) Photoperiod
(hours) Latitude
Cobb 8 4 1 12 16 53.95
Frenchman 8 4 2 12 16 62.17
Pillar 8 4 3 12 16 50.58
Pemberton 8 4 4 12 16 50.78
Ness 8 4 5 12 16 54.02
Watson 9 5 1 8 16 60.12
Pinantin 9 5 2 8 16 50.74
White 9 5 3 8 16 50.88
Kentucky 9 5 4 8 16 49.90
Kluane 9 5 5 8 16 61.25
McConnel 10 5 1 8 16 50.52
Little Atlin 10 5 2 8 16 60.25
Heffley 10 5 3 8 16 50.83
Wheeler 10 5 4 8 16 59.69
Dezadeash 10 5 5 8 16 60.50
Heffley 11 6 1 12 12 50.83
Dezadeash 11 6 2 12 12 60.50
White 11 6 3 12 12 50.88
Wheeler 11 6 4 12 12 59.69
Watson 11 6 5 12 12 60.12
Ness 12 6 1 12 12 54.02
Summit 12 6 2 12 12 54.25
Pine 12 6 3 12 12 60.13
Walloper 12 6 4 12 12 50.48
Pillar 12 6 5 12 12 50.58
Meziadin 13 7 1 8 12 56.07
Sullivan 13 7 2 8 12 50.97
Watson 13 7 3 8 12 60.12
Wheeler 13 7 4 8 12 59.69
Kentucky 13 7 5 8 12 49.90
McConnel 14 7 1 8 12 50.52
Pillar 14 7 2 8 12 50.58
Little Atlin 14 7 3 8 12 60.25
Dezadeash 14 7 4 8 12 60.50
Kluane 14 7 5 8 12 61.25
Pine 15 8 1 8 16 60.13
Frenchman 15 8 2 8 16 62.17
Beaver 15 8 3 8 16 52.25
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
140
Lake
name
Bath
tank Rack Position Temperature(°C) Photoperiod
(hours) Latitude
Minto 15 8 4 8 16 63.68
Pillar 15 8 5 8 16 50.58
Beaver 16 8 1 12 16 52.25
Summit 16 8 2 12 16 54.25
Maxan 16 8 3 12 16 54.30
Dezadeash 16 8 4 12 16 60.50
Little Atlin 16 8 5 12 16 60.25
Pemberton 17 9 1 8 12 50.78
Cobb 17 9 2 8 12 53.95
Beaver 17 9 3 8 12 52.25
Frenchman 17 9 4 8 12 62.17
White 17 9 5 8 12 50.88
McConnel 18 9 1 12 12 50.52
Kentucky 18 9 2 12 12 49.90
Cobb 18 9 3 12 12 53.95
Kluane 18 9 4 12 12 61.25
Pinantin 18 9 5 12 12 50.74
Walloper 19 10 1 12 16 50.48
Seymour 19 10 2 12 16 54.75
Pine 19 10 3 12 16 60.13
Kluane 19 10 4 12 16 61.25
Meziadin 19 10 5 12 16 56.07
Meziadin 20 10 1 8 16 56.07
Sullivan 20 10 2 8 16 50.97
Lakelse 20 10 3 8 16 54.37
Seymour 20 10 4 8 16 54.75
Ness 20 10 5 8 16 54.02
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
141
Table S4.3. Summary of final models, determining the effects of latitude, temperature and
photoperiod on zooplankton median hatching day, after removing non-significant higher-order
terms. Watson Lake, removed from the first analysis, had a single, large outlier that drove a 3-
way interaction.
Median hatching day
Not including Watson Lake
Estimate Std. Error df t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 62.5 15.95 121 3.92 0.0001
taxon (copepod) -55.3 18.60 143 -2.97 0.0035
taxon (rotifer) -21.5 16.22 149 -1.33 0.1866
temperature (high) -7.3 2.01 138 -3.64 0.0004
latitude -0.7 0.29 122 -2.31 0.0224
copepod:temperature -1.9 2.65 138 -0.70 0.4867
rotifer:temperature 5.2 2.30 137 2.28 0.0243
copepod:latitude 1.0 0.34 143 2.92 0.0041
rotifer:latitude 0.7 0.30 149 2.34 0.0207
Including Watson Lake
df Log Ratio Test Pr(Chi)
taxon:temperature:latitude 2 10.71 0.005
Estimate Std. Error df t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 45.7 24.8 154 1.84 0.068
taxon (copepod) -21.8 28.6 146 -0.76 0.447
taxon (rotifer) -6.2 26.3 149 -0.24 0.813
temperature (high) 20.6 32.3 142 0.64 0.524
latitude -0.4 0.5 154 -0.79 0.430
copepod:temperature -116.0 42.4 143 -2.74 0.007
rotifer:temperature -21.4 35.5 141 -0.60 0.548
copepod:latitude 0.4 0.5 146 0.70 0.486
rotifer:latitude 0.4 0.5 149 0.84 0.400
temperature:latitude -0.5 0.6 142 -0.87 0.386
copepod:temperature:latitude 2.1 0.8 143 2.76 0.007
rotifer:temperature:latitude 0.5 0.6 141 0.76 0.451
Note: significant effects are bolded
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
142
Table S4.4. Summary of final models, determining the effects of latitude, temperature and
photoperiod on the number of days until the first individual of each taxon hatched per lake, after
removing non-significant higher-order terms. Watson Lake, removed from the first analysis, had
a single, large outlier that drove a 3-way interaction.
First day hatching was observed
Not including Watson Lake
Estimate Std. Error df t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) 22.5 1.41 114 15.96 <0.001
taxon (copepod) -1.9 1.58 131 -1.20 0.233
taxon (rotifer) -4.8 1.45 134 -3.34 0.001
temperature (high) -10.0 1.91 100 -5.21 <0.001
copepod:temperature 2.2 2.37 132 0.92 0.3616
rotifer:temperature 7.8 2.04 130 3.80 0.0002
Including Watson Lake
df Log Ratio Test Pr(Chi)
taxon:temperature:latitude 2 12.98 0.0015
Estimate Std. Error df t value Pr(>|t|)
(Intercept) -5.3 22.63 163 -0.23 0.816
taxon (copepod) 41.5 26.12 155 1.59 0.114
taxon(rotifer) 24.9 24.03 158 1.04 0.302
temperature (high) 11.2 29.51 152 0.38 0.704
latitude 0.5 0.42 163 1.23 0.219
copepod:temperature -115.9 38.65 150 -3.00 0.003
rotifer:temperature -17.6 32.36 150 -0.54 0.587
copepod:latitude -0.8 0.48 156 -1.67 0.096
rotifer:latitude -0.5 0.44 158 -1.25 0.214
temperature:latitude -0.4 0.54 152 -0.72 0.471
copepod:temperature:latitude 2.2 0.70 150 3.13 0.002
rotifer:temperature:latitude 0.5 0.59 150 0.79 0.430
Note: significant effects are bolded
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
143
Table S4.5. Summary of full models determining the effects of latitude, temperature and
photoperiod on zooplankton hatchling abundance. Higher-order terms were tested for
significance and subsequently removed if they did not improve model fit.
Cladocera hatching*
Estimate Std. Error z value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude -0.01 0.052 -0.14 0.893
Temperature -0.83 2.597 -0.32 0.749
Photoperiod 0.18 3.000 0.06 0.951
Latitude*Temperature 0.02 0.047 0.49 0.623
Latitude*Photoperiod -0.01 0.054 -0.13 0.901
Photoperiod*Temperature 11.58 3.917 2.96 0.003
Latitude*Photoperiod*Temperature -0.21 0.072 -2.86 <0.0001
Copepoda hatching
Estimate Std. Error z value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude 0.20 0.067 2.98 0.003
Photoperiod -0.06 0.329 -0.18 0.854
Temperature -0.07 0.326 -0.20 0.841
Latitude2 -0.04 0.016 -2.59 0.010
Latitude*Photoperiod -0.19 0.058 -3.23 0.001
Latitude*Temperature -0.14 0.064 -2.28 0.023
Photoperiod*Temperature 0.88 0.449 1.97 0.049
Photoperiod*Latitude2 0.03 0.014 1.97 0.049
Temperature*Latitude2 0.01 0.015 0.50 0.617
Latitude*Photoperiod*Temperature 0.23 0.079 2.88 0.003
Photoperiod*Temperature*Latitude2 -0.06 0.020 -2.84 0.005
Rotifera hatching*
Estimate Std. Error z value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude -0.08 0.026 -2.90 3.7E-03
Photoperiod -1.54 0.280 -5.49 4.1E-08
Temperature -1.29 0.120 -10.74 < 2e-16
Latitude*Photoperiod 0.04 0.002 17.25 < 2e-16
Latitude*Temperature 0.05 0.002 23.12 < 2e-16
Photoperiod*Temperature 0.64 0.302 2.13 3.3E-02
Latitude*Photoperiod:*Temperature -0.03 0.003 -11.47 <0.0001
*We detected no evidence for non-linear patterns in Cladoceran or Rotifer hatching patterns
therefore we did not fit the Latitude2 term for those analyses.
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
144
Table S4.6. The crustacean zooplankton species that hatched from the sediment of 25 lakes in
western Canada . See Table S3.1 for lake characteristics and Figure 4.1 for a map of lake
locations. Species names follow the taxonomy of Thorp and Covich (2010) and Sandercock and
Scudder (1994).
Species Lake
Bosmina longirostris Cobb
Bosmina longirostris Ness
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Beaver
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Kentucky
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Kentucky
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Seymour
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Walloper
Ceriodaphnia lacustri Wheeler
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula Beaver
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula Lakelse
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula Meziadin
Ceriodaphnia quadrangula Walloper
Ceriodaphnia reticulata Walloper
Ceriodaphnia sp. Cobb
Ceriodaphnia sp. Ness
Chydoris sp. Cobb
Chydoris sp. Dezadeash
Chydoris sp. Meziadin
Chydoris sp. Ness
Chydoris sp. Seymour
Chydoris sp. Sullivan
Cyclops phaleratus Beaver
Cyclops scutifer Maxan
Cyclops scutifer Seymour
Cyclops scutifer Wheeler
Daphnia galeata complex Cobb
Daphnia galeata complex Frenchman
Daphnia longiremus Cobb
Daphnia longispina Beaver
Daphnia longispina Frenchman
Daphnia longispina Maxan
Daphnia pulex complex Cobb
Daphnia pulex complex Frenchman
Daphnia pulex complex Seymour
Daphnia pulex complex Wheeler
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
145
Species Lake
Daphnia sp. Lakelse
Daphnia sp. Little.Atlin
Daphnia sp. Pillar
Diacyclops thomasi Cobb
Diacyclops thomasi Heffley
Diacyclops thomasi Lakelse
Diacyclops thomasi Lakelse
Diacyclops thomasi Summit
Diaphanosoma leuchtenbergianum Beaver
Diaphanosoma leuchtenbergianum Frenchman
Diaptomus dentricornis Seymour
Diaptomus nudus Cobb
Diaptomus pribliofensis Beaver
Diaptomus pribliofensis Cobb
Diaptomus pribliofensis Lakelse
Diaptomus pribliofensis Maxan
Diaptomus pribliofensis Seymour
Diaptomus pribliofensis Sullivan
Diaptomus pribliofensis Summit
Diaptomus pribliofensis Watson
Diaptomus pribliofensis Wheeler
Diaptomus.sicilis Beaver
Diaptomus.sicilis Dezadeash
Diaptomus.sicilis Lakelse
Diaptomus.sicilis Ness
Diaptomus.sicilis Wheeler
Epischura nevadensis Ness
Heterocope septentrionalis Dezadeash
Heterocope septentrionalis Frenchman
Heterocope septentrionalis Kentucky
Heterocope septentrionalis Little.Atlin
Heterocope septentrionalis Meziadin
Heterocope septentrionalis Minto
Heterocope septentrionalis Pemberton
Heterocope septentrionalis Sullivan
Heterocope septentrionalis Walloper
Heterocope septentrionalis White
Unknown Calanoid Beaver
Unknown Calanoid Cobb
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
146
Species Lake
Unknown Calanoid Dezadeash
Unknown Calanoid Frenchman
Unknown Calanoid Lakelse
Unknown Calanoid Ness
Unknown Cyclopoid Dezadeash
Unknown Cyclopoid Ness
Unknown Cyclopoid Pillar
Unknown Cyclopoid Sullivan
Unknown Cyclopoid Watson
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
147
Table S4.7. Summary of full models, determining the effects of latitude, temperature and
photoperiod on zooplankton diversity. Higher-order terms were tested for significance and
subsequently removed if they did not improve model fit.
Copepods and Cladocerans
Estimate Std. Error z-value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude 0.25 0.101 2.50 0.013
Photoperiod -0.37 0.457 -0.80 0.424
Temperature -0.11 0.425 -0.26 0.798
Latitude2 -0.05 0.024 -2.32 0.019
Latitude*Photoperiod -0.30 0.107 -2.78 0.002
Latitude*Temperature -0.11 0.111 -0.96 0.339
Photoperiod*Temperature 0.45 0.657 0.69 0.493
Photoperiod*Latitude2 0.04 0.026 1.47 0.141
Temperature*Latitude2 0.02 0.026 0.85 0.394
Latitude*Photoperiod*Temperature 0.19 0.145 1.29 0.199
Photoperiod*Temperature*Latitude2 -0.05 0.036 -1.46 0.145
Cladocera diversity*
Estimate Std. Error z-value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude -0.03 0.104 -0.24 0.807
Photoperiod 0.37 0.500 0.74 0.459
Temperature 0.65 0.474 1.38 0.167
Latitude*Photoperiod -0.07 0.134 -0.53 0.019
Latitude*Temperature 0.16 0.120 1.30 0.193
Photoperiod*Temperature -0.47 0.662 -0.71 0.478
Latitude*Photoperiod*Temperature -0.20 0.175 -1.14 0.253
Copepod diversity
Estimate Std. Error z-value Pr(>|z|)
Latitude 0.51 0.182 2.79 0.005
Photoperiod -1.09 0.586 -1.87 0.062
Temperature -0.39 0.568 -0.68 0.494
Latitude2 -0.10 0.040 -2.47 0.013
Latitude*Photoperiod -0.58 0.187 -3.07 0.002
Latitude*Temperature -0.37 0.196 -1.88 0.060
Photoperiod*Temperature 1.08 0.834 1.29 0.197
Photoperiod*Latitude2 0.10 0.042 2.43 0.015
Temperature*Latitude2 0.03 0.046 0.63 0.526
Latitude*Photoperiod *Temperature 0.70 0.261 2.68 0.003
Photoperiod *Temperature*Latitude2 -0.12 0.062 -1.89 0.046
APPENDIX C: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 4
148
*We detected no evidence for non-linear patterns in Cladoceran diversity patterns therefore we
did not fit the Latitude2 term for that analysis.
Literature cited
Anderson, R.S. (1974) Crustacean plankton communities of 340 lakes and ponds in and near the
National Parks of the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Journal of Fisheries Research of Board
Canada, 31, 855–869.
Lindsey, C.C., Patalas, K., Bodaly, R.A. & Archibald, C.P. (1981) Glaciation and the physical,
chemical, and biological limnology of Yukon lakes. Canadian Technical Report of
Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences, 996, 1–37.
Sandercock, G.A. & Scudder, G.G.. (1994) An Introduction and Key to the Freshwater Calanoid
Copepods (crustacea ) of British Columbia. Vancouver.
Thorp, J.H. & Covich, A.P. (2010) Ecology and Classification Od North American Freshwater
Invertebrates, Third (eds JH Thorp and AP Covich). Elsevier, London.
149
Appendix D: Supplementary information to Chapter 5
Figure S5.1. The relationship between the number of years between the historical and
contemporary samples and (a) the change in species richness, (b) species turnover, measured
using the Sorenson dissimilarity metric, (c) the proportion of new species per lake, and (d) the
proportion of species that went locally extinct. All graphs compare historic zooplankton samples
with contemporary samples (see methods). In (c) colonization = the number of species that
colonized the lake / the contemporary species richness. In (d), extinction = the number of species
that were locally extirpated / the historical species richness. See Table S5.3 for model summary.
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
150
Figure S5.2. The relationship between latitude and the number of years since the crustacean
zooplankton communities were originally sampled and our sampling in 2011. Note that the y-
axis is presented on a logarithmic scale. We included years since historical sample as a covariate
in community change analyses, but this term was not significant in any analysis (See Fig. S5.1
and Table S5.3).
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
151
Figure S5.3. The non-significant relationship between the average body size of a species and its
average local abundance (r = - 0.17, P = 0.52).
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
152
Figure S5.4. The relationship between latitude and crustacean zooplankton (a) body size and (b)
mean local abundance. Neither relationship is significant (P = 0.60 and P = 0.60 respectively).
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
153
Figure S5.5. The relationship between % occupancy (i.e., the number of lakes that fall within the
latitudinal range of a zooplankton species and a species is present) and the average local
abundance (r = 0.70, P = 0.002).
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
154
Table S5.1. The status of each species (genus or family) in the historical and contemporary
samples (see Table S3.1 for sampling dates and site locations). Species names follow the
taxonomy of Thorp and Covich (2010) and Sandercock and Scudder (1994).
Species Lake name Status
Alona sp. Adams Never present
Alona sp. Alleyne Never present
Alona sp. Beaver Never present
Alona sp. Becker Never present
Alona sp. Braeburn Never present
Alona sp. Cobb Never present
Alona sp. Corbett Never present
Alona sp. Dease Lost
Alona sp. Dezadeash Never present
Alona sp. Fox Never present
Alona sp. Frenchman Never present
Alona sp. Harrison New
Alona sp. Heffley Never present
Alona sp. Hicks Never present
Alona sp. Kathlyn Never present
Alona sp. Kawkawa Never present
Alona sp. Kentucky Never present
Alona sp. Kluane Never present
Alona sp. Lakelse New
Alona sp. Little Atlin Never present
Alona sp. Little Salmon Never present
Alona sp. Maxan Never present
Alona sp. McConnel New
Alona sp. Meziadin New
Alona sp. Minto Never present
Alona sp. Ness Never present
Alona sp. Nicola Never present
Alona sp. Paul Never present
Alona sp. Pemberton Never present
Alona sp. Pillar Never present
Alona sp. Pinantin Never present
Alona sp. Pine Never present
Alona sp. Quiet Never present
Alona sp. Seymour Never present
Alona sp. Shuswap Never present
Alona sp. Sullivan Never present
Alona sp. Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
155
Alona sp. Tatchun Never present
Alona sp. Walloper Never present
Alona sp. Watson Never present
Alona sp. Wheeler Never present
Alona sp. White Never present
Alona sp. Wood Never present
Bosmina sp. Adams Always present
Bosmina sp. Alleyne Always present
Bosmina sp. Beaver New
Bosmina sp. Becker New
Bosmina sp. Braeburn Lost
Bosmina sp. Cobb New
Bosmina sp. Corbett New
Bosmina sp. Dease Always present
Bosmina sp. Dezadeash Always present
Bosmina sp. Fox Always present
Bosmina sp. Frenchman New
Bosmina sp. Harrison New
Bosmina sp. Heffley Never present
Bosmina sp. Hicks New
Bosmina sp. Kathlyn Never present
Bosmina sp. Kawkawa New
Bosmina sp. Kentucky New
Bosmina sp. Kluane Never present
Bosmina sp. Lakelse Always present
Bosmina sp. Little Atlin Always present
Bosmina sp. Little Salmon Lost
Bosmina sp. Maxan Never present
Bosmina sp. McConnel New
Bosmina sp. Meziadin New
Bosmina sp. Minto New
Bosmina sp. Ness Always present
Bosmina sp. Nicola Never present
Bosmina sp. Paul New
Bosmina sp. Pemberton Lost
Bosmina sp. Pillar Never present
Bosmina sp. Pinantin Lost
Bosmina sp. Pine Always present
Bosmina sp. Quiet New
Bosmina sp. Seymour Never present
Bosmina sp. Shuswap Always present
Bosmina sp. Sullivan Never present
Bosmina sp. Summit Always present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
156
Bosmina sp. Tatchun Always present
Bosmina sp. Walloper Never present
Bosmina sp. Watson Always present
Bosmina sp. Wheeler Lost
Bosmina sp. White New
Bosmina sp. Wood Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Adams Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Alleyne Always present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Beaver New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Becker New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Braeburn Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Cobb Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Corbett New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Dease New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Dezadeash Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Fox Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Frenchman Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Harrison Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Heffley Lost
Ceriodaphnia sp. Hicks Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Kathlyn Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Kawkawa Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Kentucky Always present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Kluane Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Lakelse Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Little Atlin Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Little Salmon Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Maxan Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. McConnel Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Meziadin Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Minto Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Ness New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Nicola Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Paul Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Pemberton Always present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Pillar Always present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Pinantin Always present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Pine Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Quiet Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Seymour New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Shuswap Lost
Ceriodaphnia sp. Sullivan Lost
Ceriodaphnia sp. Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
157
Ceriodaphnia sp. Tatchun Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Walloper Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Watson Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. Wheeler Never present
Ceriodaphnia sp. White New
Ceriodaphnia sp. Wood New
Cyclops scutifer Adams Never present
Cyclops scutifer Alleyne Never present
Cyclops scutifer Beaver Never present
Cyclops scutifer Becker Never present
Cyclops scutifer Braeburn Always present
Cyclops scutifer Cobb Never present
Cyclops scutifer Corbett Never present
Cyclops scutifer Dease Never present
Cyclops scutifer Dezadeash Always present
Cyclops scutifer Fox Always present
Cyclops scutifer Frenchman Always present
Cyclops scutifer Harrison Never present
Cyclops scutifer Heffley Never present
Cyclops scutifer Hicks Never present
Cyclops scutifer Kathlyn Never present
Cyclops scutifer Kawkawa Never present
Cyclops scutifer Kentucky Never present
Cyclops scutifer Kluane Always present
Cyclops scutifer Lakelse New
Cyclops scutifer Little Atlin Always present
Cyclops scutifer Little Salmon Always present
Cyclops scutifer Maxan Always present
Cyclops scutifer McConnel Never present
Cyclops scutifer Meziadin Always present
Cyclops scutifer Minto Always present
Cyclops scutifer Ness Always present
Cyclops scutifer Nicola Never present
Cyclops scutifer Paul Never present
Cyclops scutifer Pemberton Never present
Cyclops scutifer Pillar Never present
Cyclops scutifer Pinantin Never present
Cyclops scutifer Pine Always present
Cyclops scutifer Quiet Always present
Cyclops scutifer Seymour Always present
Cyclops scutifer Shuswap Never present
Cyclops scutifer Sullivan Never present
Cyclops scutifer Summit Lost
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
158
Cyclops scutifer Tatchun Always present
Cyclops scutifer Walloper Never present
Cyclops scutifer Watson Always present
Cyclops scutifer Wheeler Always present
Cyclops scutifer White Never present
Cyclops scutifer Wood Never present
Daphnia ambigua Adams Never present
Daphnia ambigua Alleyne Never present
Daphnia ambigua Beaver Never present
Daphnia ambigua Becker Never present
Daphnia ambigua Braeburn Never present
Daphnia ambigua Cobb Never present
Daphnia ambigua Corbett Never present
Daphnia ambigua Dease Never present
Daphnia ambigua Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia ambigua Fox Never present
Daphnia ambigua Frenchman Never present
Daphnia ambigua Harrison Never present
Daphnia ambigua Heffley Never present
Daphnia ambigua Hicks Never present
Daphnia ambigua Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia ambigua Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia ambigua Kentucky Never present
Daphnia ambigua Kluane Never present
Daphnia ambigua Lakelse New
Daphnia ambigua Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia ambigua Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia ambigua Maxan Never present
Daphnia ambigua McConnel Never present
Daphnia ambigua Meziadin Never present
Daphnia ambigua Minto Never present
Daphnia ambigua Ness Never present
Daphnia ambigua Nicola Never present
Daphnia ambigua Paul Never present
Daphnia ambigua Pemberton Never present
Daphnia ambigua Pillar Never present
Daphnia ambigua Pinantin Never present
Daphnia ambigua Pine Never present
Daphnia ambigua Quiet Never present
Daphnia ambigua Seymour Never present
Daphnia ambigua Shuswap Never present
Daphnia ambigua Sullivan Never present
Daphnia ambigua Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
159
Daphnia ambigua Tatchun Never present
Daphnia ambigua Walloper Never present
Daphnia ambigua Watson Never present
Daphnia ambigua Wheeler Never present
Daphnia ambigua White Never present
Daphnia ambigua Wood Never present
Daphnia galeata Adams Never present
Daphnia galeata Alleyne Never present
Daphnia galeata Beaver Never present
Daphnia galeata Becker Never present
Daphnia galeata Braeburn Never present
Daphnia galeata Cobb Never present
Daphnia galeata Corbett Never present
Daphnia galeata Dease Never present
Daphnia galeata Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia galeata Fox Never present
Daphnia galeata Frenchman Lost
Daphnia galeata Harrison Never present
Daphnia galeata Heffley Never present
Daphnia galeata Hicks Never present
Daphnia galeata Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia galeata Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia galeata Kentucky Never present
Daphnia galeata Kluane Never present
Daphnia galeata Lakelse Never present
Daphnia galeata Little Atlin Always present
Daphnia galeata Little Salmon Always present
Daphnia galeata Maxan Never present
Daphnia galeata McConnel Never present
Daphnia galeata Meziadin Never present
Daphnia galeata Minto Never present
Daphnia galeata Ness Never present
Daphnia galeata Nicola Never present
Daphnia galeata Paul Never present
Daphnia galeata Pemberton Never present
Daphnia galeata Pillar Never present
Daphnia galeata Pinantin Never present
Daphnia galeata Pine Never present
Daphnia galeata Quiet Never present
Daphnia galeata Seymour Never present
Daphnia galeata Shuswap Never present
Daphnia galeata Sullivan Never present
Daphnia galeata Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
160
Daphnia galeata Tatchun Never present
Daphnia galeata Walloper Never present
Daphnia galeata Watson Lost
Daphnia galeata Wheeler Never present
Daphnia galeata White Never present
Daphnia galeata Wood Never present
Daphnia longiremis Adams Always present
Daphnia longiremis Alleyne Never present
Daphnia longiremis Beaver Never present
Daphnia longiremis Becker Never present
Daphnia longiremis Braeburn Lost
Daphnia longiremis Cobb Never present
Daphnia longiremis Corbett Never present
Daphnia longiremis Dease Never present
Daphnia longiremis Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia longiremis Fox Always present
Daphnia longiremis Frenchman Always present
Daphnia longiremis Harrison Never present
Daphnia longiremis Heffley New
Daphnia longiremis Hicks Never present
Daphnia longiremis Kathlyn Always present
Daphnia longiremis Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia longiremis Kentucky Always present
Daphnia longiremis Kluane Never present
Daphnia longiremis Lakelse Never present
Daphnia longiremis Little Atlin Always present
Daphnia longiremis Little Salmon Always present
Daphnia longiremis Maxan Always present
Daphnia longiremis McConnel Never present
Daphnia longiremis Meziadin Never present
Daphnia longiremis Minto Never present
Daphnia longiremis Ness Always present
Daphnia longiremis Nicola Lost
Daphnia longiremis Paul New
Daphnia longiremis Pemberton Never present
Daphnia longiremis Pillar Never present
Daphnia longiremis Pinantin Never present
Daphnia longiremis Pine Always present
Daphnia longiremis Quiet Always present
Daphnia longiremis Seymour Never present
Daphnia longiremis Shuswap Never present
Daphnia longiremis Sullivan Never present
Daphnia longiremis Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
161
Daphnia longiremis Tatchun Always present
Daphnia longiremis Walloper Never present
Daphnia longiremis Watson Lost
Daphnia longiremis Wheeler Never present
Daphnia longiremis White Never present
Daphnia longiremis Wood Always present
Daphnia longispina Adams Never present
Daphnia longispina Alleyne Never present
Daphnia longispina Beaver Always present
Daphnia longispina Becker Never present
Daphnia longispina Braeburn Never present
Daphnia longispina Cobb Never present
Daphnia longispina Corbett Never present
Daphnia longispina Dease Never present
Daphnia longispina Dezadeash Lost
Daphnia longispina Fox Always present
Daphnia longispina Frenchman Never present
Daphnia longispina Harrison Never present
Daphnia longispina Heffley Never present
Daphnia longispina Hicks Never present
Daphnia longispina Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia longispina Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia longispina Kentucky Never present
Daphnia longispina Kluane Never present
Daphnia longispina Lakelse Never present
Daphnia longispina Little Atlin New
Daphnia longispina Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia longispina Maxan Never present
Daphnia longispina McConnel Never present
Daphnia longispina Meziadin Always present
Daphnia longispina Minto Never present
Daphnia longispina Ness Never present
Daphnia longispina Nicola Never present
Daphnia longispina Paul Never present
Daphnia longispina Pemberton Never present
Daphnia longispina Pillar Never present
Daphnia longispina Pinantin New
Daphnia longispina Pine Always present
Daphnia longispina Quiet Always present
Daphnia longispina Seymour Never present
Daphnia longispina Shuswap Always present
Daphnia longispina Sullivan Never present
Daphnia longispina Summit New
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
162
Daphnia longispina Tatchun Never present
Daphnia longispina Walloper Never present
Daphnia longispina Watson Never present
Daphnia longispina Wheeler Never present
Daphnia longispina White New
Daphnia longispina Wood Never present
Daphnia magna Adams Never present
Daphnia magna Alleyne Never present
Daphnia magna Beaver Never present
Daphnia magna Becker Lost
Daphnia magna Braeburn Never present
Daphnia magna Cobb Never present
Daphnia magna Corbett Never present
Daphnia magna Dease Never present
Daphnia magna Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia magna Fox Never present
Daphnia magna Frenchman Never present
Daphnia magna Harrison Never present
Daphnia magna Heffley Never present
Daphnia magna Hicks Never present
Daphnia magna Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia magna Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia magna Kentucky Never present
Daphnia magna Kluane Never present
Daphnia magna Lakelse Never present
Daphnia magna Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia magna Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia magna Maxan Never present
Daphnia magna McConnel Never present
Daphnia magna Meziadin Never present
Daphnia magna Minto Never present
Daphnia magna Ness Never present
Daphnia magna Nicola Never present
Daphnia magna Paul Never present
Daphnia magna Pemberton Never present
Daphnia magna Pillar Never present
Daphnia magna Pinantin Never present
Daphnia magna Pine Never present
Daphnia magna Quiet Never present
Daphnia magna Seymour Never present
Daphnia magna Shuswap Never present
Daphnia magna Sullivan Never present
Daphnia magna Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
163
Daphnia magna Tatchun Never present
Daphnia magna Walloper Never present
Daphnia magna Watson Never present
Daphnia magna Wheeler Never present
Daphnia magna White Never present
Daphnia magna Wood Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Adams Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Alleyne Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Beaver Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Becker Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Braeburn Always present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Cobb Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Corbett Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Dease Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Fox New
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Frenchman Always present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Harrison Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Heffley Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Hicks Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Kentucky Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Kluane Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Lakelse Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Maxan Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. McConnel Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Meziadin Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Minto Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Ness Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Nicola Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Paul Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Pemberton Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Pillar Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Pinantin Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Pine Always present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Quiet Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Seymour Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Shuswap Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Sullivan Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Summit Lost
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
164
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Tatchun Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Walloper Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Watson Always present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Wheeler Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. White Never present
Daphnia midderdorffiana sp. Wood Never present
Daphnia pulex Adams New
Daphnia pulex Alleyne Always present
Daphnia pulex Beaver Never present
Daphnia pulex Becker Never present
Daphnia pulex Braeburn Never present
Daphnia pulex Cobb Never present
Daphnia pulex Corbett New
Daphnia pulex Dease New
Daphnia pulex Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia pulex Fox Never present
Daphnia pulex Frenchman Never present
Daphnia pulex Harrison Always present
Daphnia pulex Heffley Always present
Daphnia pulex Hicks New
Daphnia pulex Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia pulex Kawkawa New
Daphnia pulex Kentucky Always present
Daphnia pulex Kluane Never present
Daphnia pulex Lakelse Never present
Daphnia pulex Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia pulex Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia pulex Maxan Always present
Daphnia pulex McConnel Always present
Daphnia pulex Meziadin Never present
Daphnia pulex Minto Never present
Daphnia pulex Ness Always present
Daphnia pulex Nicola Never present
Daphnia pulex Paul New
Daphnia pulex Pemberton Always present
Daphnia pulex Pillar Always present
Daphnia pulex Pinantin Always present
Daphnia pulex Pine Never present
Daphnia pulex Quiet Never present
Daphnia pulex Seymour Never present
Daphnia pulex Shuswap Never present
Daphnia pulex Sullivan Lost
Daphnia pulex Summit New
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
165
Daphnia pulex Tatchun Never present
Daphnia pulex Walloper Never present
Daphnia pulex Watson Lost
Daphnia pulex Wheeler Never present
Daphnia pulex White Never present
Daphnia pulex Wood New
Daphnia retrocurva Adams Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Alleyne Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Beaver Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Becker Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Braeburn Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Cobb Always present
Daphnia retrocurva Corbett Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Dease Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Fox Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Frenchman Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Harrison Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Heffley Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Hicks Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Kentucky Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Kluane Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Lakelse Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Maxan Never present
Daphnia retrocurva McConnel Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Meziadin Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Minto Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Ness Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Nicola Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Paul Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Pemberton Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Pillar Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Pinantin Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Pine Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Quiet Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Seymour Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Shuswap Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Sullivan New
Daphnia retrocurva Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
166
Daphnia retrocurva Tatchun Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Walloper Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Watson Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Wheeler Never present
Daphnia retrocurva White Never present
Daphnia retrocurva Wood Never present
Daphnia rosea Adams Never present
Daphnia rosea Alleyne Lost
Daphnia rosea Beaver Never present
Daphnia rosea Becker Never present
Daphnia rosea Braeburn Never present
Daphnia rosea Cobb Never present
Daphnia rosea Corbett Never present
Daphnia rosea Dease Never present
Daphnia rosea Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia rosea Fox Never present
Daphnia rosea Frenchman Never present
Daphnia rosea Harrison Never present
Daphnia rosea Heffley Never present
Daphnia rosea Hicks Never present
Daphnia rosea Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia rosea Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia rosea Kentucky Never present
Daphnia rosea Kluane Never present
Daphnia rosea Lakelse Never present
Daphnia rosea Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia rosea Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia rosea Maxan Never present
Daphnia rosea McConnel Never present
Daphnia rosea Meziadin Never present
Daphnia rosea Minto Never present
Daphnia rosea Ness Never present
Daphnia rosea Nicola Never present
Daphnia rosea Paul Never present
Daphnia rosea Pemberton Always present
Daphnia rosea Pillar Never present
Daphnia rosea Pinantin Never present
Daphnia rosea Pine Never present
Daphnia rosea Quiet Never present
Daphnia rosea Seymour Never present
Daphnia rosea Shuswap Never present
Daphnia rosea Sullivan Always present
Daphnia rosea Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
167
Daphnia rosea Tatchun Never present
Daphnia rosea Walloper Never present
Daphnia rosea Watson Never present
Daphnia rosea Wheeler Never present
Daphnia rosea White Never present
Daphnia rosea Wood Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Adams Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Alleyne Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Beaver Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Becker Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Braeburn Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Cobb Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Corbett Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Dease Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Fox Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Frenchman Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Harrison Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Heffley Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Hicks Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Kathlyn Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Kentucky Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Kluane Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Lakelse Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Maxan Never present
Daphnia schoedleri McConnel Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Meziadin Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Minto Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Ness Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Nicola Lost
Daphnia schoedleri Paul Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Pemberton Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Pillar Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Pinantin Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Pine Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Quiet Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Seymour Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Shuswap Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Sullivan Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
168
Daphnia schoedleri Tatchun Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Walloper Always present
Daphnia schoedleri Watson Never present
Daphnia schoedleri Wheeler Never present
Daphnia schoedleri White Lost
Daphnia schoedleri Wood Never present
Daphnia thorata Adams Lost
Daphnia thorata Alleyne Never present
Daphnia thorata Beaver Never present
Daphnia thorata Becker Never present
Daphnia thorata Braeburn Never present
Daphnia thorata Cobb Never present
Daphnia thorata Corbett Never present
Daphnia thorata Dease Never present
Daphnia thorata Dezadeash Never present
Daphnia thorata Fox Never present
Daphnia thorata Frenchman Never present
Daphnia thorata Harrison Never present
Daphnia thorata Heffley Always present
Daphnia thorata Hicks Never present
Daphnia thorata Kathlyn Always present
Daphnia thorata Kawkawa Never present
Daphnia thorata Kentucky New
Daphnia thorata Kluane Never present
Daphnia thorata Lakelse Never present
Daphnia thorata Little Atlin Never present
Daphnia thorata Little Salmon Never present
Daphnia thorata Maxan Never present
Daphnia thorata McConnel Never present
Daphnia thorata Meziadin Never present
Daphnia thorata Minto Never present
Daphnia thorata Ness Never present
Daphnia thorata Nicola Always present
Daphnia thorata Paul Never present
Daphnia thorata Pemberton Never present
Daphnia thorata Pillar Never present
Daphnia thorata Pinantin Never present
Daphnia thorata Pine Never present
Daphnia thorata Quiet Never present
Daphnia thorata Seymour Always present
Daphnia thorata Shuswap Never present
Daphnia thorata Sullivan Never present
Daphnia thorata Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
169
Daphnia thorata Tatchun Never present
Daphnia thorata Walloper Never present
Daphnia thorata Watson Never present
Daphnia thorata Wheeler Never present
Daphnia thorata White New
Daphnia thorata Wood Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Adams Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Alleyne New
Diacyclops thomasi Beaver Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Becker New
Diacyclops thomasi Braeburn Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Cobb Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Corbett New
Diacyclops thomasi Dease New
Diacyclops thomasi Dezadeash Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Fox Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Frenchman Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Harrison Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Heffley Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Hicks New
Diacyclops thomasi Kathlyn Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Kawkawa New
Diacyclops thomasi Kentucky Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Kluane Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Lakelse Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Little Atlin Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Little Salmon Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Maxan Never present
Diacyclops thomasi McConnel Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Meziadin New
Diacyclops thomasi Minto Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Ness Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Nicola Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Paul New
Diacyclops thomasi Pemberton New
Diacyclops thomasi Pillar New
Diacyclops thomasi Pinantin Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Pine Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Quiet Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Seymour Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Shuswap Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Sullivan Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Summit Always present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
170
Diacyclops thomasi Tatchun Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Walloper Always present
Diacyclops thomasi Watson Never present
Diacyclops thomasi Wheeler Never present
Diacyclops thomasi White New
Diacyclops thomasi Wood Always present
Diaphanosoma sp. Adams New
Diaphanosoma sp. Alleyne Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Beaver New
Diaphanosoma sp. Becker New
Diaphanosoma sp. Braeburn Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Cobb Lost
Diaphanosoma sp. Corbett New
Diaphanosoma sp. Dease Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Dezadeash Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Fox Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Frenchman Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Harrison Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Heffley Lost
Diaphanosoma sp. Hicks Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Kathlyn Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Kawkawa Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Kentucky Lost
Diaphanosoma sp. Kluane Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Lakelse Always present
Diaphanosoma sp. Little Atlin Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Little Salmon Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Maxan Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. McConnel Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Meziadin Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Minto Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Ness Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Nicola New
Diaphanosoma sp. Paul Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Pemberton Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Pillar Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Pinantin Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Pine Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Quiet Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Seymour Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Shuswap Always present
Diaphanosoma sp. Sullivan Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
171
Diaphanosoma sp. Tatchun Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Walloper Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Watson Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. Wheeler Never present
Diaphanosoma sp. White New
Diaphanosoma sp. Wood Always present
Diaptomus sp. Adams Always present
Diaptomus sp. Alleyne Never present
Diaptomus sp. Beaver Always present
Diaptomus sp. Becker Never present
Diaptomus sp. Braeburn Always present
Diaptomus sp. Cobb Always present
Diaptomus sp. Corbett Always present
Diaptomus sp. Dease New
Diaptomus sp. Dezadeash Always present
Diaptomus sp. Fox Always present
Diaptomus sp. Frenchman Always present
Diaptomus sp. Harrison Always present
Diaptomus sp. Heffley Always present
Diaptomus sp. Hicks Lost
Diaptomus sp. Kathlyn Always present
Diaptomus sp. Kawkawa New
Diaptomus sp. Kentucky Always present
Diaptomus sp. Kluane Always present
Diaptomus sp. Lakelse Always present
Diaptomus sp. Little Atlin Always present
Diaptomus sp. Little Salmon Always present
Diaptomus sp. Maxan Always present
Diaptomus sp. McConnel New
Diaptomus sp. Meziadin Always present
Diaptomus sp. Minto Always present
Diaptomus sp. Ness New
Diaptomus sp. Nicola Always present
Diaptomus sp. Paul Always present
Diaptomus sp. Pemberton Always present
Diaptomus sp. Pillar Always present
Diaptomus sp. Pinantin Always present
Diaptomus sp. Pine Always present
Diaptomus sp. Quiet Always present
Diaptomus sp. Seymour Always present
Diaptomus sp. Shuswap Always present
Diaptomus sp. Sullivan Always present
Diaptomus sp. Summit Always present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
172
Diaptomus sp. Tatchun Always present
Diaptomus sp. Walloper Always present
Diaptomus sp. Watson Always present
Diaptomus sp. Wheeler Always present
Diaptomus sp. White Always present
Diaptomus sp. Wood Always present
Epischura nevadensis Adams Lost
Epischura nevadensis Alleyne Never present
Epischura nevadensis Beaver Never present
Epischura nevadensis Becker Never present
Epischura nevadensis Braeburn Never present
Epischura nevadensis Cobb Never present
Epischura nevadensis Corbett Never present
Epischura nevadensis Dease Never present
Epischura nevadensis Dezadeash Never present
Epischura nevadensis Fox Never present
Epischura nevadensis Frenchman Never present
Epischura nevadensis Harrison Lost
Epischura nevadensis Heffley Lost
Epischura nevadensis Hicks Never present
Epischura nevadensis Kathlyn Always present
Epischura nevadensis Kawkawa Always present
Epischura nevadensis Kentucky Never present
Epischura nevadensis Kluane Never present
Epischura nevadensis Lakelse Always present
Epischura nevadensis Little Atlin Never present
Epischura nevadensis Little Salmon Never present
Epischura nevadensis Maxan Always present
Epischura nevadensis McConnel New
Epischura nevadensis Meziadin Never present
Epischura nevadensis Minto Never present
Epischura nevadensis Ness Always present
Epischura nevadensis Nicola Lost
Epischura nevadensis Paul Lost
Epischura nevadensis Pemberton Never present
Epischura nevadensis Pillar New
Epischura nevadensis Pinantin Never present
Epischura nevadensis Pine Never present
Epischura nevadensis Quiet Never present
Epischura nevadensis Seymour Never present
Epischura nevadensis Shuswap Always present
Epischura nevadensis Sullivan Never present
Epischura nevadensis Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
173
Epischura nevadensis Tatchun Never present
Epischura nevadensis Walloper Never present
Epischura nevadensis Watson Never present
Epischura nevadensis Wheeler Never present
Epischura nevadensis White Never present
Epischura nevadensis Wood Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Adams Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Alleyne Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Beaver Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Becker Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Braeburn New
Heterocope septentrionalis Cobb Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Corbett Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Dease Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Dezadeash Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Fox Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Frenchman Lost
Heterocope septentrionalis Harrison Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Heffley Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Hicks Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Kathlyn Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Kawkawa Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Kentucky Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Kluane Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Lakelse Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Little Atlin Lost
Heterocope septentrionalis Little Salmon Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Maxan Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis McConnel Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Meziadin Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Minto Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Ness Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Nicola Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Paul Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Pemberton Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Pillar Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Pinantin Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Pine Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Quiet Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Seymour Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Shuswap Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Sullivan Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Summit Lost
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
174
Heterocope septentrionalis Tatchun Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Walloper Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Watson Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Wheeler Lost
Heterocope septentrionalis White Never present
Heterocope septentrionalis Wood Never present
Holopedium gibberum Adams Never present
Holopedium gibberum Alleyne Never present
Holopedium gibberum Beaver Lost
Holopedium gibberum Becker Never present
Holopedium gibberum Braeburn Never present
Holopedium gibberum Cobb Never present
Holopedium gibberum Corbett Never present
Holopedium gibberum Dease Never present
Holopedium gibberum Dezadeash New
Holopedium gibberum Fox Never present
Holopedium gibberum Frenchman Never present
Holopedium gibberum Harrison New
Holopedium gibberum Heffley Never present
Holopedium gibberum Hicks New
Holopedium gibberum Kathlyn Never present
Holopedium gibberum Kawkawa New
Holopedium gibberum Kentucky Never present
Holopedium gibberum Kluane Never present
Holopedium gibberum Lakelse New
Holopedium gibberum Little Atlin Never present
Holopedium gibberum Little Salmon Never present
Holopedium gibberum Maxan Never present
Holopedium gibberum McConnel Never present
Holopedium gibberum Meziadin Never present
Holopedium gibberum Minto Never present
Holopedium gibberum Ness Never present
Holopedium gibberum Nicola Never present
Holopedium gibberum Paul Never present
Holopedium gibberum Pemberton Never present
Holopedium gibberum Pillar Never present
Holopedium gibberum Pinantin Never present
Holopedium gibberum Pine Never present
Holopedium gibberum Quiet Never present
Holopedium gibberum Seymour Never present
Holopedium gibberum Shuswap Never present
Holopedium gibberum Sullivan Never present
Holopedium gibberum Summit New
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
175
Holopedium gibberum Tatchun Never present
Holopedium gibberum Walloper Never present
Holopedium gibberum Watson Never present
Holopedium gibberum Wheeler Never present
Holopedium gibberum White Never present
Holopedium gibberum Wood Never present
Leptodora kindii Adams New
Leptodora kindii Alleyne Never present
Leptodora kindii Beaver Never present
Leptodora kindii Becker Never present
Leptodora kindii Braeburn Never present
Leptodora kindii Cobb Lost
Leptodora kindii Corbett Never present
Leptodora kindii Dease Never present
Leptodora kindii Dezadeash Never present
Leptodora kindii Fox Never present
Leptodora kindii Frenchman Never present
Leptodora kindii Harrison Never present
Leptodora kindii Heffley Lost
Leptodora kindii Hicks Never present
Leptodora kindii Kathlyn Never present
Leptodora kindii Kawkawa Never present
Leptodora kindii Kentucky Never present
Leptodora kindii Kluane Never present
Leptodora kindii Lakelse Never present
Leptodora kindii Little Atlin Never present
Leptodora kindii Little Salmon Never present
Leptodora kindii Maxan Lost
Leptodora kindii McConnel Never present
Leptodora kindii Meziadin Never present
Leptodora kindii Minto Lost
Leptodora kindii Ness Never present
Leptodora kindii Nicola Always present
Leptodora kindii Paul Never present
Leptodora kindii Pemberton Never present
Leptodora kindii Pillar Never present
Leptodora kindii Pinantin Never present
Leptodora kindii Pine Never present
Leptodora kindii Quiet Never present
Leptodora kindii Seymour Never present
Leptodora kindii Shuswap Lost
Leptodora kindii Sullivan New
Leptodora kindii Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
176
Leptodora kindii Tatchun Never present
Leptodora kindii Walloper Never present
Leptodora kindii Watson Never present
Leptodora kindii Wheeler Never present
Leptodora kindii White New
Leptodora kindii Wood Always present
Polyphemus pediculus Adams Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Alleyne Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Beaver Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Becker Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Braeburn Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Cobb Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Corbett New
Polyphemus pediculus Dease Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Dezadeash Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Fox Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Frenchman Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Harrison Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Heffley New
Polyphemus pediculus Hicks Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Kathlyn Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Kawkawa Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Kentucky Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Kluane Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Lakelse Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Little Atlin Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Little Salmon Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Maxan Never present
Polyphemus pediculus McConnel New
Polyphemus pediculus Meziadin Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Minto Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Ness Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Nicola Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Paul Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Pemberton Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Pillar Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Pinantin Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Pine Always present
Polyphemus pediculus Quiet Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Seymour Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Shuswap Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Sullivan Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
177
Polyphemus pediculus Tatchun Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Walloper Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Watson Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Wheeler Never present
Polyphemus pediculus White Never present
Polyphemus pediculus Wood Never present
Senecella calanoides Adams Never present
Senecella calanoides Alleyne Never present
Senecella calanoides Beaver Never present
Senecella calanoides Becker Never present
Senecella calanoides Braeburn Never present
Senecella calanoides Cobb Never present
Senecella calanoides Corbett Never present
Senecella calanoides Dease Never present
Senecella calanoides Dezadeash Never present
Senecella calanoides Fox Never present
Senecella calanoides Frenchman Never present
Senecella calanoides Harrison Never present
Senecella calanoides Heffley Never present
Senecella calanoides Hicks Never present
Senecella calanoides Kathlyn Never present
Senecella calanoides Kawkawa Never present
Senecella calanoides Kentucky Never present
Senecella calanoides Kluane New
Senecella calanoides Lakelse Never present
Senecella calanoides Little Atlin Never present
Senecella calanoides Little Salmon Never present
Senecella calanoides Maxan Never present
Senecella calanoides McConnel Never present
Senecella calanoides Meziadin Never present
Senecella calanoides Minto Never present
Senecella calanoides Ness Never present
Senecella calanoides Nicola Never present
Senecella calanoides Paul Never present
Senecella calanoides Pemberton Never present
Senecella calanoides Pillar Never present
Senecella calanoides Pinantin Never present
Senecella calanoides Pine Always present
Senecella calanoides Quiet Never present
Senecella calanoides Seymour Never present
Senecella calanoides Shuswap Never present
Senecella calanoides Sullivan Never present
Senecella calanoides Summit Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
178
Senecella calanoides Tatchun Never present
Senecella calanoides Walloper Never present
Senecella calanoides Watson Never present
Senecella calanoides Wheeler Never present
Senecella calanoides White Never present
Senecella calanoides Wood Never present
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
179
Table S5.2. A summary of body size and regional abundance, as well as the associated
colonization and local extinction events, for the subset of species for which data was available.
Species Average body
size (µm)
Local
abundance
Colonization
events
Extinction
events
Epischura nevadensis 191.52 9.6 2 5
Bosmina sp. 195.88 3.6 15 5
Ceriodaphnia sp. 276.74 22.5 8 3
Diacyclops thomasi 288.53 42.9 11 0
Cyclops scutifer 316.27 65.7 1 1
Polyphemus pediculus 357.81 0.1 3 0
Diaphanosoma sp. 369.63 1.5 6 3
Diaptomus sp. 375.82 20.5 4 1
Daphnia longiremis 407.54 8.9 2 3
Daphnia galeata sp. 496.04 5.4 0 2
Daphnia pulex 537.63 18.9 8 2
Daphnia thorata 564.57 6.3 2 1
Daphnia
midderdorffiana sp.
645.89 1.5 1 1
Leptodora kindii 1829.31 0.4 3 5
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
180
Table S5.3. Results of log likelihood tests that include time between the historical and
contemporary zooplankton samples.
Df LRT p-value
Change in species richness
Latitude 1,40 7.34 0.0099
Time 1,40 0.01 0.9242
Sorenson dissimilarity
Latitude 1,40 11.80 0.0014
Time 1,40 0.16 0.6956
Colonization
Latitude 1,40 15.64 0.0001
Time 1,40 0.53 0.4661
Extinction
Latitude 1,40 0.25 0.6205
Time 1,40 0.23 0.6285
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
181
Table S5.4. Results of linear model testing the association between latitude and four estimates of
community change. Values in bold font are significant at α = 0.05.
Estimate Std. Error t values Pr(>|t|) r
Change in species richness
Latitude -0.18 0.057 -3.19 0.003 -0.40
Sorenson dissimilarity
Latitude -0.02 0.006 -2.96 0.005 -0.40
Estimate Std. Error z values Pr(>|z|) r
Colonization
Latitude -0.16 0.036 -4.28 1.89E-05 -0.47
Extinction
Latitude -0.03 0.038 -0.83 0.405 -0.15
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
182
Table S5.5. Results of linear models testing the influence of body size and abundance on the
number of times a species colonized or went locally extinct in as lake. Values in bold font are
significant at α < 0.10.
Colonization
DF Deviance Scaled deviance Pr(>Chi)
log (length) 1 62.24 3.82 0.051
log (abundance) 1 62.24 3.52 0.061
Local extinction
DF Deviance Scaled deviance Pr(>Chi)
log (length) 1 37.69 0.78 0.377
log (abundance) 1 37.69 8.83 0.003
APPENDIX D: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION FOR CHAPTER 5
183
Table S5.6. The influence of lake characteristics on three estimates of community change.
Values in bold font are significant at α = 0.05.
Estimate Std. Error z-values Pr (>|z|)
Maximum depth (m)
Sorenson Dissimilarity 0.0286 0.0386 0.74 0.462
Colonization 0.0715 0.1293 0.55 0.580
Extinction 0.2257 0.1581 1.43 0.153
Lake size (ha)
Sorenson Dissimilarity -0.0150 0.0175 -0.86 0.397
Colonization -0.0913 0.0622 -1.47 0.142
Extinction 0.0927 0.0785 1.18 0.238
Productivity (chlorophyll A)
Sorenson Dissimilarity -0.0335 0.0595 -0.56 0.577
Colonization -0.2059 0.2297 -0.90 0.370
Extinction -0.0431 0.2981 -0.14 0.885
Literature Cited
Sandercock, G.A. & Scudder, G.G.. (1994) An Introduction and Key to the Freshwater Calanoid
Copepods (crustacea ) of British Columbia. Vancouver.
Thorp, J.H. & Covich, A.P. (2010) Ecology and Classification Od North American Freshwater
Invertebrates, Third (eds JH Thorp and AP Covich). Elsevier, London.
184
Copyright Acknowledgements
The published chapters of this thesis are included with permission from the publishers.